diff options
| author | Dean Camera <dean@fourwalledcubicle.com> | 2010-05-08 03:12:14 +0000 |
|---|---|---|
| committer | Dean Camera <dean@fourwalledcubicle.com> | 2010-05-08 03:12:14 +0000 |
| commit | 071e02c6b6b4837fa9cf0b6d4c749994e02638d7 (patch) | |
| tree | 960446788703b69f0bb285450be80c5b3d8cc22c /Projects/Incomplete | |
| parent | e331b531c6e6d93eb0eee42b9002074e8090ad18 (diff) | |
| download | lufa-071e02c6b6b4837fa9cf0b6d4c749994e02638d7.tar.gz lufa-071e02c6b6b4837fa9cf0b6d4c749994e02638d7.tar.bz2 lufa-071e02c6b6b4837fa9cf0b6d4c749994e02638d7.zip | |
Add svn:eol-style property to source files, so that the line endings are correctly converted to the target system's native end of line style.
Diffstat (limited to 'Projects/Incomplete')
27 files changed, 5448 insertions, 5448 deletions
diff --git a/Projects/Incomplete/MIDIToneGenerator/Descriptors.c b/Projects/Incomplete/MIDIToneGenerator/Descriptors.c index 4b9e03bff..640c83224 100644 --- a/Projects/Incomplete/MIDIToneGenerator/Descriptors.c +++ b/Projects/Incomplete/MIDIToneGenerator/Descriptors.c @@ -1,326 +1,326 @@ -/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.fourwalledcubicle.com
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *
- * USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special
- * computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine
- * the device's capabilities and functions.
- */
-
-#include "Descriptors.h"
-
-/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall
- * device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the
- * number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration
- * process begins.
- */
-USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM DeviceDescriptor =
-{
- .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device},
-
- .USBSpecification = VERSION_BCD(01.10),
- .Class = 0x00,
- .SubClass = 0x00,
- .Protocol = 0x00,
-
- .Endpoint0Size = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE,
-
- .VendorID = 0x03EB,
- .ProductID = 0x2048,
- .ReleaseNumber = 0x0000,
-
- .ManufacturerStrIndex = 0x01,
- .ProductStrIndex = 0x02,
- .SerialNumStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
-
- .NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS
-};
-
-/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage
- * of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces
- * and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting
- * a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.
- */
-USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM ConfigurationDescriptor =
-{
- .Config =
- {
- .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration},
-
- .TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),
- .TotalInterfaces = 2,
-
- .ConfigurationNumber = 1,
- .ConfigurationStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
-
- .ConfigAttributes = (USB_CONFIG_ATTR_BUSPOWERED | USB_CONFIG_ATTR_SELFPOWERED),
-
- .MaxPowerConsumption = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100)
- },
-
- .Audio_ControlInterface =
- {
- .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
-
- .InterfaceNumber = 0,
- .AlternateSetting = 0,
-
- .TotalEndpoints = 0,
-
- .Class = 0x01,
- .SubClass = 0x01,
- .Protocol = 0x00,
-
- .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
- },
-
- .Audio_ControlInterface_SPC =
- {
- .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Audio_Interface_AC_t), .Type = DTYPE_AudioInterface},
- .Subtype = DSUBTYPE_Header,
-
- .ACSpecification = VERSION_BCD(01.00),
- .TotalLength = sizeof(USB_Audio_Interface_AC_t),
-
- .InCollection = 1,
- .InterfaceNumbers = {1},
- },
-
- .Audio_StreamInterface =
- {
- .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
-
- .InterfaceNumber = 1,
- .AlternateSetting = 0,
-
- .TotalEndpoints = 2,
-
- .Class = 0x01,
- .SubClass = 0x03,
- .Protocol = 0x00,
-
- .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
- },
-
- .Audio_StreamInterface_SPC =
- {
- .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_MIDI_AudioInterface_AS_t), .Type = DTYPE_AudioInterface},
- .Subtype = DSUBTYPE_General,
-
- .AudioSpecification = VERSION_BCD(01.00),
-
- .TotalLength = (sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t) -
- offsetof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t, Audio_StreamInterface_SPC))
- },
-
- .MIDI_In_Jack_Emb =
- {
- .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_MIDI_In_Jack_t), .Type = DTYPE_AudioInterface},
- .Subtype = DSUBTYPE_InputJack,
-
- .JackType = MIDI_JACKTYPE_EMBEDDED,
- .JackID = 0x01,
-
- .JackStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
- },
-
- .MIDI_In_Jack_Ext =
- {
- .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_MIDI_In_Jack_t), .Type = DTYPE_AudioInterface},
- .Subtype = DSUBTYPE_InputJack,
-
- .JackType = MIDI_JACKTYPE_EXTERNAL,
- .JackID = 0x02,
-
- .JackStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
- },
-
- .MIDI_Out_Jack_Emb =
- {
- .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_MIDI_Out_Jack_t), .Type = DTYPE_AudioInterface},
- .Subtype = DSUBTYPE_OutputJack,
-
- .JackType = MIDI_JACKTYPE_EMBEDDED,
- .JackID = 0x03,
-
- .NumberOfPins = 1,
- .SourceJackID = {0x02},
- .SourcePinID = {0x01},
-
- .JackStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
- },
-
- .MIDI_Out_Jack_Ext =
- {
- .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_MIDI_Out_Jack_t), .Type = DTYPE_AudioInterface},
- .Subtype = DSUBTYPE_OutputJack,
-
- .JackType = MIDI_JACKTYPE_EXTERNAL,
- .JackID = 0x04,
-
- .NumberOfPins = 1,
- .SourceJackID = {0x01},
- .SourcePinID = {0x01},
-
- .JackStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
- },
-
- .MIDI_In_Jack_Endpoint =
- {
- .Endpoint =
- {
- .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Audio_StreamEndpoint_Std_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
-
- .EndpointAddress = (ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_DIR_OUT | MIDI_STREAM_OUT_EPNUM),
- .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
- .EndpointSize = MIDI_STREAM_EPSIZE,
- .PollingIntervalMS = 0
- },
-
- .Refresh = 0,
- .SyncEndpointNumber = 0
- },
-
- .MIDI_In_Jack_Endpoint_SPC =
- {
- .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_MIDI_Jack_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_AudioEndpoint},
- .Subtype = DSUBTYPE_General,
-
- .TotalEmbeddedJacks = 0x01,
- .AssociatedJackID = {0x01}
- },
-
- .MIDI_Out_Jack_Endpoint =
- {
- .Endpoint =
- {
- .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Audio_StreamEndpoint_Std_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
-
- .EndpointAddress = (ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_DIR_IN | MIDI_STREAM_IN_EPNUM),
- .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
- .EndpointSize = MIDI_STREAM_EPSIZE,
- .PollingIntervalMS = 0
- },
-
- .Refresh = 0,
- .SyncEndpointNumber = 0
- },
-
- .MIDI_Out_Jack_Endpoint_SPC =
- {
- .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_MIDI_Jack_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_AudioEndpoint},
- .Subtype = DSUBTYPE_General,
-
- .TotalEmbeddedJacks = 0x01,
- .AssociatedJackID = {0x03}
- }
-};
-
-/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests
- * the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate
- * via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors.
- */
-USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM LanguageString =
-{
- .Header = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(1), .Type = DTYPE_String},
-
- .UnicodeString = {LANGUAGE_ID_ENG}
-};
-
-/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable
- * form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
- * Descriptor.
- */
-USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ManufacturerString =
-{
- .Header = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(11), .Type = DTYPE_String},
-
- .UnicodeString = L"Dean Camera"
-};
-
-/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form,
- * and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
- * Descriptor.
- */
-USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ProductString =
-{
- .Header = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(14), .Type = DTYPE_String},
-
- .UnicodeString = L"LUFA MIDI Demo"
-};
-
-/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors"
- * documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
- * to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
- * is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
- * USB host.
- */
-uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue, const uint8_t wIndex, void** const DescriptorAddress)
-{
- const uint8_t DescriptorType = (wValue >> 8);
- const uint8_t DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF);
-
- void* Address = NULL;
- uint16_t Size = NO_DESCRIPTOR;
-
- switch (DescriptorType)
- {
- case DTYPE_Device:
- Address = (void*)&DeviceDescriptor;
- Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);
- break;
- case DTYPE_Configuration:
- Address = (void*)&ConfigurationDescriptor;
- Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);
- break;
- case DTYPE_String:
- switch (DescriptorNumber)
- {
- case 0x00:
- Address = (void*)&LanguageString;
- Size = pgm_read_byte(&LanguageString.Header.Size);
- break;
- case 0x01:
- Address = (void*)&ManufacturerString;
- Size = pgm_read_byte(&ManufacturerString.Header.Size);
- break;
- case 0x02:
- Address = (void*)&ProductString;
- Size = pgm_read_byte(&ProductString.Header.Size);
- break;
- }
-
- break;
- }
-
- *DescriptorAddress = Address;
- return Size;
-}
+/* + LUFA Library + Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010. + + dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com + www.fourwalledcubicle.com +*/ + +/* + Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) + + Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this + software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted + without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in + all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this + permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting + documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in + advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the + software without specific, written prior permission. + + The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this + software, including all implied warranties of merchantability + and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any + special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages + whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether + in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, + arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of + this software. +*/ + +/** \file + * + * USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special + * computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine + * the device's capabilities and functions. + */ + +#include "Descriptors.h" + +/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall + * device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the + * number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration + * process begins. + */ +USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM DeviceDescriptor = +{ + .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device}, + + .USBSpecification = VERSION_BCD(01.10), + .Class = 0x00, + .SubClass = 0x00, + .Protocol = 0x00, + + .Endpoint0Size = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE, + + .VendorID = 0x03EB, + .ProductID = 0x2048, + .ReleaseNumber = 0x0000, + + .ManufacturerStrIndex = 0x01, + .ProductStrIndex = 0x02, + .SerialNumStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR, + + .NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS +}; + +/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage + * of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces + * and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting + * a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device. + */ +USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM ConfigurationDescriptor = +{ + .Config = + { + .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration}, + + .TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t), + .TotalInterfaces = 2, + + .ConfigurationNumber = 1, + .ConfigurationStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR, + + .ConfigAttributes = (USB_CONFIG_ATTR_BUSPOWERED | USB_CONFIG_ATTR_SELFPOWERED), + + .MaxPowerConsumption = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100) + }, + + .Audio_ControlInterface = + { + .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface}, + + .InterfaceNumber = 0, + .AlternateSetting = 0, + + .TotalEndpoints = 0, + + .Class = 0x01, + .SubClass = 0x01, + .Protocol = 0x00, + + .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR + }, + + .Audio_ControlInterface_SPC = + { + .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Audio_Interface_AC_t), .Type = DTYPE_AudioInterface}, + .Subtype = DSUBTYPE_Header, + + .ACSpecification = VERSION_BCD(01.00), + .TotalLength = sizeof(USB_Audio_Interface_AC_t), + + .InCollection = 1, + .InterfaceNumbers = {1}, + }, + + .Audio_StreamInterface = + { + .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface}, + + .InterfaceNumber = 1, + .AlternateSetting = 0, + + .TotalEndpoints = 2, + + .Class = 0x01, + .SubClass = 0x03, + .Protocol = 0x00, + + .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR + }, + + .Audio_StreamInterface_SPC = + { + .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_MIDI_AudioInterface_AS_t), .Type = DTYPE_AudioInterface}, + .Subtype = DSUBTYPE_General, + + .AudioSpecification = VERSION_BCD(01.00), + + .TotalLength = (sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t) - + offsetof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t, Audio_StreamInterface_SPC)) + }, + + .MIDI_In_Jack_Emb = + { + .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_MIDI_In_Jack_t), .Type = DTYPE_AudioInterface}, + .Subtype = DSUBTYPE_InputJack, + + .JackType = MIDI_JACKTYPE_EMBEDDED, + .JackID = 0x01, + + .JackStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR + }, + + .MIDI_In_Jack_Ext = + { + .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_MIDI_In_Jack_t), .Type = DTYPE_AudioInterface}, + .Subtype = DSUBTYPE_InputJack, + + .JackType = MIDI_JACKTYPE_EXTERNAL, + .JackID = 0x02, + + .JackStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR + }, + + .MIDI_Out_Jack_Emb = + { + .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_MIDI_Out_Jack_t), .Type = DTYPE_AudioInterface}, + .Subtype = DSUBTYPE_OutputJack, + + .JackType = MIDI_JACKTYPE_EMBEDDED, + .JackID = 0x03, + + .NumberOfPins = 1, + .SourceJackID = {0x02}, + .SourcePinID = {0x01}, + + .JackStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR + }, + + .MIDI_Out_Jack_Ext = + { + .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_MIDI_Out_Jack_t), .Type = DTYPE_AudioInterface}, + .Subtype = DSUBTYPE_OutputJack, + + .JackType = MIDI_JACKTYPE_EXTERNAL, + .JackID = 0x04, + + .NumberOfPins = 1, + .SourceJackID = {0x01}, + .SourcePinID = {0x01}, + + .JackStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR + }, + + .MIDI_In_Jack_Endpoint = + { + .Endpoint = + { + .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Audio_StreamEndpoint_Std_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint}, + + .EndpointAddress = (ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_DIR_OUT | MIDI_STREAM_OUT_EPNUM), + .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA), + .EndpointSize = MIDI_STREAM_EPSIZE, + .PollingIntervalMS = 0 + }, + + .Refresh = 0, + .SyncEndpointNumber = 0 + }, + + .MIDI_In_Jack_Endpoint_SPC = + { + .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_MIDI_Jack_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_AudioEndpoint}, + .Subtype = DSUBTYPE_General, + + .TotalEmbeddedJacks = 0x01, + .AssociatedJackID = {0x01} + }, + + .MIDI_Out_Jack_Endpoint = + { + .Endpoint = + { + .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Audio_StreamEndpoint_Std_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint}, + + .EndpointAddress = (ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_DIR_IN | MIDI_STREAM_IN_EPNUM), + .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA), + .EndpointSize = MIDI_STREAM_EPSIZE, + .PollingIntervalMS = 0 + }, + + .Refresh = 0, + .SyncEndpointNumber = 0 + }, + + .MIDI_Out_Jack_Endpoint_SPC = + { + .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_MIDI_Jack_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_AudioEndpoint}, + .Subtype = DSUBTYPE_General, + + .TotalEmbeddedJacks = 0x01, + .AssociatedJackID = {0x03} + } +}; + +/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests + * the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate + * via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors. + */ +USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM LanguageString = +{ + .Header = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(1), .Type = DTYPE_String}, + + .UnicodeString = {LANGUAGE_ID_ENG} +}; + +/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable + * form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device + * Descriptor. + */ +USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ManufacturerString = +{ + .Header = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(11), .Type = DTYPE_String}, + + .UnicodeString = L"Dean Camera" +}; + +/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form, + * and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device + * Descriptor. + */ +USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ProductString = +{ + .Header = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(14), .Type = DTYPE_String}, + + .UnicodeString = L"LUFA MIDI Demo" +}; + +/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors" + * documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given + * to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function + * is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the + * USB host. + */ +uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue, const uint8_t wIndex, void** const DescriptorAddress) +{ + const uint8_t DescriptorType = (wValue >> 8); + const uint8_t DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF); + + void* Address = NULL; + uint16_t Size = NO_DESCRIPTOR; + + switch (DescriptorType) + { + case DTYPE_Device: + Address = (void*)&DeviceDescriptor; + Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t); + break; + case DTYPE_Configuration: + Address = (void*)&ConfigurationDescriptor; + Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t); + break; + case DTYPE_String: + switch (DescriptorNumber) + { + case 0x00: + Address = (void*)&LanguageString; + Size = pgm_read_byte(&LanguageString.Header.Size); + break; + case 0x01: + Address = (void*)&ManufacturerString; + Size = pgm_read_byte(&ManufacturerString.Header.Size); + break; + case 0x02: + Address = (void*)&ProductString; + Size = pgm_read_byte(&ProductString.Header.Size); + break; + } + + break; + } + + *DescriptorAddress = Address; + return Size; +} diff --git a/Projects/Incomplete/MIDIToneGenerator/Descriptors.h b/Projects/Incomplete/MIDIToneGenerator/Descriptors.h index ffd261e58..9933d060e 100644 --- a/Projects/Incomplete/MIDIToneGenerator/Descriptors.h +++ b/Projects/Incomplete/MIDIToneGenerator/Descriptors.h @@ -1,81 +1,81 @@ -/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.fourwalledcubicle.com
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *
- * Header file for Descriptors.c.
- */
-
-#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_
-#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
- #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/MIDI.h>
-
- #include <avr/pgmspace.h>
-
- /* Macros: */
- /** Endpoint number of the MIDI streaming data IN endpoint, for device-to-host data transfers. */
- #define MIDI_STREAM_IN_EPNUM 2
-
- /** Endpoint number of the MIDI streaming data OUT endpoint, for host-to-device data transfers. */
- #define MIDI_STREAM_OUT_EPNUM 1
-
- /** Endpoint size in bytes of the Audio isochronous streaming data IN and OUT endpoints. */
- #define MIDI_STREAM_EPSIZE 64
-
- /* Type Defines: */
- /** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
- * application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
- * vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.
- */
- typedef struct
- {
- USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config;
- USB_Descriptor_Interface_t Audio_ControlInterface;
- USB_Audio_Interface_AC_t Audio_ControlInterface_SPC;
- USB_Descriptor_Interface_t Audio_StreamInterface;
- USB_MIDI_AudioInterface_AS_t Audio_StreamInterface_SPC;
- USB_MIDI_In_Jack_t MIDI_In_Jack_Emb;
- USB_MIDI_In_Jack_t MIDI_In_Jack_Ext;
- USB_MIDI_Out_Jack_t MIDI_Out_Jack_Emb;
- USB_MIDI_Out_Jack_t MIDI_Out_Jack_Ext;
- USB_Audio_StreamEndpoint_Std_t MIDI_In_Jack_Endpoint;
- USB_MIDI_Jack_Endpoint_t MIDI_In_Jack_Endpoint_SPC;
- USB_Audio_StreamEndpoint_Std_t MIDI_Out_Jack_Endpoint;
- USB_MIDI_Jack_Endpoint_t MIDI_Out_Jack_Endpoint_SPC;
- } USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;
-
- /* Function Prototypes: */
- uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue, const uint8_t wIndex, void** const DescriptorAddress)
- ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
-
-#endif
+/* + LUFA Library + Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010. + + dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com + www.fourwalledcubicle.com +*/ + +/* + Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) + + Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this + software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted + without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in + all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this + permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting + documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in + advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the + software without specific, written prior permission. + + The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this + software, including all implied warranties of merchantability + and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any + special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages + whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether + in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, + arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of + this software. +*/ + +/** \file + * + * Header file for Descriptors.c. + */ + +#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_ +#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_ + + /* Includes: */ + #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h> + #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/MIDI.h> + + #include <avr/pgmspace.h> + + /* Macros: */ + /** Endpoint number of the MIDI streaming data IN endpoint, for device-to-host data transfers. */ + #define MIDI_STREAM_IN_EPNUM 2 + + /** Endpoint number of the MIDI streaming data OUT endpoint, for host-to-device data transfers. */ + #define MIDI_STREAM_OUT_EPNUM 1 + + /** Endpoint size in bytes of the Audio isochronous streaming data IN and OUT endpoints. */ + #define MIDI_STREAM_EPSIZE 64 + + /* Type Defines: */ + /** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the + * application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which + * vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host. + */ + typedef struct + { + USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config; + USB_Descriptor_Interface_t Audio_ControlInterface; + USB_Audio_Interface_AC_t Audio_ControlInterface_SPC; + USB_Descriptor_Interface_t Audio_StreamInterface; + USB_MIDI_AudioInterface_AS_t Audio_StreamInterface_SPC; + USB_MIDI_In_Jack_t MIDI_In_Jack_Emb; + USB_MIDI_In_Jack_t MIDI_In_Jack_Ext; + USB_MIDI_Out_Jack_t MIDI_Out_Jack_Emb; + USB_MIDI_Out_Jack_t MIDI_Out_Jack_Ext; + USB_Audio_StreamEndpoint_Std_t MIDI_In_Jack_Endpoint; + USB_MIDI_Jack_Endpoint_t MIDI_In_Jack_Endpoint_SPC; + USB_Audio_StreamEndpoint_Std_t MIDI_Out_Jack_Endpoint; + USB_MIDI_Jack_Endpoint_t MIDI_Out_Jack_Endpoint_SPC; + } USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t; + + /* Function Prototypes: */ + uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue, const uint8_t wIndex, void** const DescriptorAddress) + ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3); + +#endif diff --git a/Projects/Incomplete/MIDIToneGenerator/MIDIToneGenerator.c b/Projects/Incomplete/MIDIToneGenerator/MIDIToneGenerator.c index c86cd0752..4b55b8da8 100644 --- a/Projects/Incomplete/MIDIToneGenerator/MIDIToneGenerator.c +++ b/Projects/Incomplete/MIDIToneGenerator/MIDIToneGenerator.c @@ -1,186 +1,186 @@ -/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.fourwalledcubicle.com
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *
- * Main source file for the MIDI demo. This file contains the main tasks of
- * the demo and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
- */
-
-#include "MIDIToneGenerator.h"
-
-/** LUFA MIDI Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is
- * passed to all MIDI Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class
- * within a device can be differentiated from one another.
- */
-USB_ClassInfo_MIDI_Device_t Keyboard_MIDI_Interface =
- {
- .Config =
- {
- .StreamingInterfaceNumber = 1,
-
- .DataINEndpointNumber = MIDI_STREAM_IN_EPNUM,
- .DataINEndpointSize = MIDI_STREAM_EPSIZE,
- .DataINEndpointDoubleBank = false,
-
- .DataOUTEndpointNumber = MIDI_STREAM_OUT_EPNUM,
- .DataOUTEndpointSize = MIDI_STREAM_EPSIZE,
- .DataOUTEndpointDoubleBank = false,
- },
- };
-
-const uint8_t SineTable[] PROGMEM =
-{
- 0x80, 0x83, 0x86, 0x89, 0x8c, 0x8f, 0x92, 0x95, 0x98, 0x9c, 0x9f, 0xa2, 0xa5, 0xa8, 0xab, 0xae,
- 0xb0, 0xb3, 0xb6, 0xb9, 0xbc, 0xbf, 0xc1, 0xc4, 0xc7, 0xc9, 0xcc, 0xce, 0xd1, 0xd3, 0xd5, 0xd8,
- 0xda, 0xdc, 0xde, 0xe0, 0xe2, 0xe4, 0xe6, 0xe8, 0xea, 0xec, 0xed, 0xef, 0xf0, 0xf2, 0xf3, 0xf5,
- 0xf6, 0xf7, 0xf8, 0xf9, 0xfa, 0xfb, 0xfc, 0xfc, 0xfd, 0xfe, 0xfe, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff,
- 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xfe, 0xfe, 0xfd, 0xfc, 0xfc, 0xfb, 0xfa, 0xf9, 0xf8, 0xf7,
- 0xf6, 0xf5, 0xf3, 0xf2, 0xf0, 0xef, 0xed, 0xec, 0xea, 0xe8, 0xe6, 0xe4, 0xe2, 0xe0, 0xde, 0xdc,
- 0xda, 0xd8, 0xd5, 0xd3, 0xd1, 0xce, 0xcc, 0xc9, 0xc7, 0xc4, 0xc1, 0xbf, 0xbc, 0xb9, 0xb6, 0xb3,
- 0xb0, 0xae, 0xab, 0xa8, 0xa5, 0xa2, 0x9f, 0x9c, 0x98, 0x95, 0x92, 0x8f, 0x8c, 0x89, 0x86, 0x83,
- 0x80, 0x7c, 0x79, 0x76, 0x73, 0x70, 0x6d, 0x6a, 0x67, 0x63, 0x60, 0x5d, 0x5a, 0x57, 0x54, 0x51,
- 0x4f, 0x4c, 0x49, 0x46, 0x43, 0x40, 0x3e, 0x3b, 0x38, 0x36, 0x33, 0x31, 0x2e, 0x2c, 0x2a, 0x27,
- 0x25, 0x23, 0x21, 0x1f, 0x1d, 0x1b, 0x19, 0x17, 0x15, 0x13, 0x12, 0x10, 0x0f, 0x0d, 0x0c, 0x0a,
- 0x09, 0x08, 0x07, 0x06, 0x05, 0x04, 0x03, 0x03, 0x02, 0x01, 0x01, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
- 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x01, 0x01, 0x02, 0x03, 0x03, 0x04, 0x05, 0x06, 0x07, 0x08,
- 0x09, 0x0a, 0x0c, 0x0d, 0x0f, 0x10, 0x12, 0x13, 0x15, 0x17, 0x19, 0x1b, 0x1d, 0x1f, 0x21, 0x23,
- 0x25, 0x27, 0x2a, 0x2c, 0x2e, 0x31, 0x33, 0x36, 0x38, 0x3b, 0x3e, 0x40, 0x43, 0x46, 0x49, 0x4c,
- 0x4f, 0x51, 0x54, 0x57, 0x5a, 0x5d, 0x60, 0x63, 0x67, 0x6a, 0x6d, 0x70, 0x73, 0x76, 0x79, 0x7c
-};
-
-uint8_t Pitch;
-uint8_t Velocity;
-uint8_t CurrentPos;
-
-/** Main program entry point. This routine contains the overall program flow, including initial
- * setup of all components and the main program loop.
- */
-int main(void)
-{
- SetupHardware();
-
- LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
- sei();
-
- for (;;)
- {
- MIDI_EventPacket_t ReceivedMIDIEvent;
- if (MIDI_Device_ReceiveEventPacket(&Keyboard_MIDI_Interface, &ReceivedMIDIEvent))
- {
- if ((ReceivedMIDIEvent.Command == (MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_ON >> 4)) && ((ReceivedMIDIEvent.Data1 & 0x0F) == 0))
- {
- Pitch = ReceivedMIDIEvent.Data2;
- Velocity = ReceivedMIDIEvent.Data3;
-
- LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDS_LED1);
- }
- else if ((ReceivedMIDIEvent.Command == (MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_OFF >> 4)) && ((ReceivedMIDIEvent.Data1 & 0x0F) == 0))
- {
- Velocity = 0;
-
- LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDS_NO_LEDS);
- }
- }
-
- /* Check if the sample reload timer period has elapsed, and that the USB bus is ready for a new sample */
- if (TIFR0 & (1 << OCF0A))
- {
- /* Clear the sample reload timer */
- TIFR0 |= (1 << OCF0A);
-
- /* Fetch the current sample from the sine lookup table */
- OCR3A = Velocity ? pgm_read_byte(&SineTable[CurrentPos]) : 0;
-
- /* Calculate next sample table position for this channel */
- CurrentPos += (Pitch >> 1);
- }
-
- MIDI_Device_USBTask(&Keyboard_MIDI_Interface);
- USB_USBTask();
- }
-}
-
-/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
-void SetupHardware(void)
-{
- /* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
- MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
- wdt_disable();
-
- /* Disable clock division */
- clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
-
- /* Hardware Initialization */
- LEDs_Init();
- USB_Init();
-
- /* Sample reload timer initialization */
- OCR0A = (F_CPU / 8 / AUDIO_SAMPLE_FREQUENCY) - 1;
- TCCR0A = (1 << WGM01); // CTC mode
- TCCR0B = (1 << CS01); // Fcpu/8 speed
-
- /* PWM speaker timer initialization */
- TCCR3A = ((1 << WGM30) | (1 << COM3A1) | (1 << COM3A0)); // Set on match, clear on TOP
- TCCR3B = ((1 << WGM32) | (1 << CS30)); // Fast 8-Bit PWM, Fcpu speed
-}
-
-/** Event handler for the library USB Connection event. */
-void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void)
-{
- LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
-
- /* Set speaker as output */
- DDRC |= (1 << 6);
-}
-
-/** Event handler for the library USB Disconnection event. */
-void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void)
-{
- LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
-
- /* Set speaker as input to reduce current draw */
- DDRC &= ~(1 << 6);
-}
-
-/** Event handler for the library USB Configuration Changed event. */
-void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void)
-{
- LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
-
- if (!(MIDI_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(&Keyboard_MIDI_Interface)))
- LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
-}
-
-/** Event handler for the library USB Unhandled Control Request event. */
-void EVENT_USB_Device_UnhandledControlRequest(void)
-{
- MIDI_Device_ProcessControlRequest(&Keyboard_MIDI_Interface);
-}
+/* + LUFA Library + Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010. + + dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com + www.fourwalledcubicle.com +*/ + +/* + Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) + + Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this + software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted + without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in + all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this + permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting + documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in + advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the + software without specific, written prior permission. + + The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this + software, including all implied warranties of merchantability + and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any + special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages + whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether + in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, + arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of + this software. +*/ + +/** \file + * + * Main source file for the MIDI demo. This file contains the main tasks of + * the demo and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration. + */ + +#include "MIDIToneGenerator.h" + +/** LUFA MIDI Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is + * passed to all MIDI Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class + * within a device can be differentiated from one another. + */ +USB_ClassInfo_MIDI_Device_t Keyboard_MIDI_Interface = + { + .Config = + { + .StreamingInterfaceNumber = 1, + + .DataINEndpointNumber = MIDI_STREAM_IN_EPNUM, + .DataINEndpointSize = MIDI_STREAM_EPSIZE, + .DataINEndpointDoubleBank = false, + + .DataOUTEndpointNumber = MIDI_STREAM_OUT_EPNUM, + .DataOUTEndpointSize = MIDI_STREAM_EPSIZE, + .DataOUTEndpointDoubleBank = false, + }, + }; + +const uint8_t SineTable[] PROGMEM = +{ + 0x80, 0x83, 0x86, 0x89, 0x8c, 0x8f, 0x92, 0x95, 0x98, 0x9c, 0x9f, 0xa2, 0xa5, 0xa8, 0xab, 0xae, + 0xb0, 0xb3, 0xb6, 0xb9, 0xbc, 0xbf, 0xc1, 0xc4, 0xc7, 0xc9, 0xcc, 0xce, 0xd1, 0xd3, 0xd5, 0xd8, + 0xda, 0xdc, 0xde, 0xe0, 0xe2, 0xe4, 0xe6, 0xe8, 0xea, 0xec, 0xed, 0xef, 0xf0, 0xf2, 0xf3, 0xf5, + 0xf6, 0xf7, 0xf8, 0xf9, 0xfa, 0xfb, 0xfc, 0xfc, 0xfd, 0xfe, 0xfe, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, + 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xfe, 0xfe, 0xfd, 0xfc, 0xfc, 0xfb, 0xfa, 0xf9, 0xf8, 0xf7, + 0xf6, 0xf5, 0xf3, 0xf2, 0xf0, 0xef, 0xed, 0xec, 0xea, 0xe8, 0xe6, 0xe4, 0xe2, 0xe0, 0xde, 0xdc, + 0xda, 0xd8, 0xd5, 0xd3, 0xd1, 0xce, 0xcc, 0xc9, 0xc7, 0xc4, 0xc1, 0xbf, 0xbc, 0xb9, 0xb6, 0xb3, + 0xb0, 0xae, 0xab, 0xa8, 0xa5, 0xa2, 0x9f, 0x9c, 0x98, 0x95, 0x92, 0x8f, 0x8c, 0x89, 0x86, 0x83, + 0x80, 0x7c, 0x79, 0x76, 0x73, 0x70, 0x6d, 0x6a, 0x67, 0x63, 0x60, 0x5d, 0x5a, 0x57, 0x54, 0x51, + 0x4f, 0x4c, 0x49, 0x46, 0x43, 0x40, 0x3e, 0x3b, 0x38, 0x36, 0x33, 0x31, 0x2e, 0x2c, 0x2a, 0x27, + 0x25, 0x23, 0x21, 0x1f, 0x1d, 0x1b, 0x19, 0x17, 0x15, 0x13, 0x12, 0x10, 0x0f, 0x0d, 0x0c, 0x0a, + 0x09, 0x08, 0x07, 0x06, 0x05, 0x04, 0x03, 0x03, 0x02, 0x01, 0x01, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, + 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x01, 0x01, 0x02, 0x03, 0x03, 0x04, 0x05, 0x06, 0x07, 0x08, + 0x09, 0x0a, 0x0c, 0x0d, 0x0f, 0x10, 0x12, 0x13, 0x15, 0x17, 0x19, 0x1b, 0x1d, 0x1f, 0x21, 0x23, + 0x25, 0x27, 0x2a, 0x2c, 0x2e, 0x31, 0x33, 0x36, 0x38, 0x3b, 0x3e, 0x40, 0x43, 0x46, 0x49, 0x4c, + 0x4f, 0x51, 0x54, 0x57, 0x5a, 0x5d, 0x60, 0x63, 0x67, 0x6a, 0x6d, 0x70, 0x73, 0x76, 0x79, 0x7c +}; + +uint8_t Pitch; +uint8_t Velocity; +uint8_t CurrentPos; + +/** Main program entry point. This routine contains the overall program flow, including initial + * setup of all components and the main program loop. + */ +int main(void) +{ + SetupHardware(); + + LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY); + sei(); + + for (;;) + { + MIDI_EventPacket_t ReceivedMIDIEvent; + if (MIDI_Device_ReceiveEventPacket(&Keyboard_MIDI_Interface, &ReceivedMIDIEvent)) + { + if ((ReceivedMIDIEvent.Command == (MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_ON >> 4)) && ((ReceivedMIDIEvent.Data1 & 0x0F) == 0)) + { + Pitch = ReceivedMIDIEvent.Data2; + Velocity = ReceivedMIDIEvent.Data3; + + LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDS_LED1); + } + else if ((ReceivedMIDIEvent.Command == (MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_OFF >> 4)) && ((ReceivedMIDIEvent.Data1 & 0x0F) == 0)) + { + Velocity = 0; + + LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDS_NO_LEDS); + } + } + + /* Check if the sample reload timer period has elapsed, and that the USB bus is ready for a new sample */ + if (TIFR0 & (1 << OCF0A)) + { + /* Clear the sample reload timer */ + TIFR0 |= (1 << OCF0A); + + /* Fetch the current sample from the sine lookup table */ + OCR3A = Velocity ? pgm_read_byte(&SineTable[CurrentPos]) : 0; + + /* Calculate next sample table position for this channel */ + CurrentPos += (Pitch >> 1); + } + + MIDI_Device_USBTask(&Keyboard_MIDI_Interface); + USB_USBTask(); + } +} + +/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */ +void SetupHardware(void) +{ + /* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */ + MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF); + wdt_disable(); + + /* Disable clock division */ + clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1); + + /* Hardware Initialization */ + LEDs_Init(); + USB_Init(); + + /* Sample reload timer initialization */ + OCR0A = (F_CPU / 8 / AUDIO_SAMPLE_FREQUENCY) - 1; + TCCR0A = (1 << WGM01); // CTC mode + TCCR0B = (1 << CS01); // Fcpu/8 speed + + /* PWM speaker timer initialization */ + TCCR3A = ((1 << WGM30) | (1 << COM3A1) | (1 << COM3A0)); // Set on match, clear on TOP + TCCR3B = ((1 << WGM32) | (1 << CS30)); // Fast 8-Bit PWM, Fcpu speed +} + +/** Event handler for the library USB Connection event. */ +void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void) +{ + LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING); + + /* Set speaker as output */ + DDRC |= (1 << 6); +} + +/** Event handler for the library USB Disconnection event. */ +void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void) +{ + LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY); + + /* Set speaker as input to reduce current draw */ + DDRC &= ~(1 << 6); +} + +/** Event handler for the library USB Configuration Changed event. */ +void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void) +{ + LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY); + + if (!(MIDI_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(&Keyboard_MIDI_Interface))) + LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR); +} + +/** Event handler for the library USB Unhandled Control Request event. */ +void EVENT_USB_Device_UnhandledControlRequest(void) +{ + MIDI_Device_ProcessControlRequest(&Keyboard_MIDI_Interface); +} diff --git a/Projects/Incomplete/MIDIToneGenerator/MIDIToneGenerator.h b/Projects/Incomplete/MIDIToneGenerator/MIDIToneGenerator.h index d2405f881..5ff19f1be 100644 --- a/Projects/Incomplete/MIDIToneGenerator/MIDIToneGenerator.h +++ b/Projects/Incomplete/MIDIToneGenerator/MIDIToneGenerator.h @@ -1,78 +1,78 @@ -/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.fourwalledcubicle.com
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *
- * Header file for AudioOutput.c.
- */
-
-#ifndef _AUDIO_OUTPUT_H_
-#define _AUDIO_OUTPUT_H_
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include <avr/io.h>
- #include <avr/wdt.h>
- #include <avr/power.h>
- #include <avr/pgmspace.h>
- #include <avr/interrupt.h>
- #include <stdbool.h>
-
- #include "Descriptors.h"
-
- #include <LUFA/Version.h>
- #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
- #include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/ADC.h>
- #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
- #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/MIDI.h>
-
- /* Macros: */
- /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
- #define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1
-
- /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
- #define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
-
- /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
- #define LEDMASK_USB_READY (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
-
- /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
- #define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
-
- #define AUDIO_SAMPLE_FREQUENCY 24000
-
- /* Function Prototypes: */
- void SetupHardware(void);
-
- void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void);
- void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void);
- void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void);
- void EVENT_USB_Device_UnhandledControlRequest(void);
-
-#endif
+/* + LUFA Library + Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010. + + dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com + www.fourwalledcubicle.com +*/ + +/* + Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) + + Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this + software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted + without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in + all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this + permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting + documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in + advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the + software without specific, written prior permission. + + The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this + software, including all implied warranties of merchantability + and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any + special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages + whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether + in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, + arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of + this software. +*/ + +/** \file + * + * Header file for AudioOutput.c. + */ + +#ifndef _AUDIO_OUTPUT_H_ +#define _AUDIO_OUTPUT_H_ + + /* Includes: */ + #include <avr/io.h> + #include <avr/wdt.h> + #include <avr/power.h> + #include <avr/pgmspace.h> + #include <avr/interrupt.h> + #include <stdbool.h> + + #include "Descriptors.h" + + #include <LUFA/Version.h> + #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h> + #include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/ADC.h> + #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h> + #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/MIDI.h> + + /* Macros: */ + /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */ + #define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1 + + /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */ + #define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3) + + /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */ + #define LEDMASK_USB_READY (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4) + + /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */ + #define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3) + + #define AUDIO_SAMPLE_FREQUENCY 24000 + + /* Function Prototypes: */ + void SetupHardware(void); + + void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void); + void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void); + void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void); + void EVENT_USB_Device_UnhandledControlRequest(void); + +#endif diff --git a/Projects/Incomplete/MIDIToneGenerator/makefile b/Projects/Incomplete/MIDIToneGenerator/makefile index 38060cd4c..94c745cc6 100644 --- a/Projects/Incomplete/MIDIToneGenerator/makefile +++ b/Projects/Incomplete/MIDIToneGenerator/makefile @@ -1,737 +1,737 @@ -# Hey Emacs, this is a -*- makefile -*-
-#----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# WinAVR Makefile Template written by Eric B. Weddington, Jörg Wunsch, et al.
-# >> Modified for use with the LUFA project. <<
-#
-# Released to the Public Domain
-#
-# Additional material for this makefile was written by:
-# Peter Fleury
-# Tim Henigan
-# Colin O'Flynn
-# Reiner Patommel
-# Markus Pfaff
-# Sander Pool
-# Frederik Rouleau
-# Carlos Lamas
-# Dean Camera
-# Opendous Inc.
-# Denver Gingerich
-#
-#----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# On command line:
-#
-# make all = Make software.
-#
-# make clean = Clean out built project files.
-#
-# make coff = Convert ELF to AVR COFF.
-#
-# make extcoff = Convert ELF to AVR Extended COFF.
-#
-# make program = Download the hex file to the device, using avrdude.
-# Please customize the avrdude settings below first!
-#
-# make dfu = Download the hex file to the device, using dfu-programmer (must
-# have dfu-programmer installed).
-#
-# make flip = Download the hex file to the device, using Atmel FLIP (must
-# have Atmel FLIP installed).
-#
-# make dfu-ee = Download the eeprom file to the device, using dfu-programmer
-# (must have dfu-programmer installed).
-#
-# make flip-ee = Download the eeprom file to the device, using Atmel FLIP
-# (must have Atmel FLIP installed).
-#
-# make doxygen = Generate DoxyGen documentation for the project (must have
-# DoxyGen installed)
-#
-# make debug = Start either simulavr or avarice as specified for debugging,
-# with avr-gdb or avr-insight as the front end for debugging.
-#
-# make filename.s = Just compile filename.c into the assembler code only.
-#
-# make filename.i = Create a preprocessed source file for use in submitting
-# bug reports to the GCC project.
-#
-# To rebuild project do "make clean" then "make all".
-#----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-
-# MCU name
-MCU = at90usb1287
-
-
-# Target board (see library "Board Types" documentation, NONE for projects not requiring
-# LUFA board drivers). If USER is selected, put custom board drivers in a directory called
-# "Board" inside the application directory.
-BOARD = USBKEY
-
-
-# Processor frequency.
-# This will define a symbol, F_CPU, in all source code files equal to the
-# processor frequency in Hz. You can then use this symbol in your source code to
-# calculate timings. Do NOT tack on a 'UL' at the end, this will be done
-# automatically to create a 32-bit value in your source code.
-#
-# This will be an integer division of F_CLOCK below, as it is sourced by
-# F_CLOCK after it has run through any CPU prescalers. Note that this value
-# does not *change* the processor frequency - it should merely be updated to
-# reflect the processor speed set externally so that the code can use accurate
-# software delays.
-F_CPU = 8000000
-
-
-# Input clock frequency.
-# This will define a symbol, F_CLOCK, in all source code files equal to the
-# input clock frequency (before any prescaling is performed) in Hz. This value may
-# differ from F_CPU if prescaling is used on the latter, and is required as the
-# raw input clock is fed directly to the PLL sections of the AVR for high speed
-# clock generation for the USB and other AVR subsections. Do NOT tack on a 'UL'
-# at the end, this will be done automatically to create a 32-bit value in your
-# source code.
-#
-# If no clock division is performed on the input clock inside the AVR (via the
-# CPU clock adjust registers or the clock division fuses), this will be equal to F_CPU.
-F_CLOCK = $(F_CPU)
-
-
-# Output format. (can be srec, ihex, binary)
-FORMAT = ihex
-
-
-# Target file name (without extension).
-TARGET = MIDIToneGenerator
-
-
-# Object files directory
-# To put object files in current directory, use a dot (.), do NOT make
-# this an empty or blank macro!
-OBJDIR = .
-
-
-# Path to the LUFA library
-LUFA_PATH = ../../..
-
-
-# LUFA library compile-time options
-LUFA_OPTS = -D USB_DEVICE_ONLY
-LUFA_OPTS += -D FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE=8
-LUFA_OPTS += -D FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS=1
-LUFA_OPTS += -D USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
-LUFA_OPTS += -D USE_STATIC_OPTIONS="(USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)"
-
-
-# List C source files here. (C dependencies are automatically generated.)
-SRC = $(TARGET).c \
- Descriptors.c \
- $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/DevChapter9.c \
- $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/Endpoint.c \
- $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/Host.c \
- $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/HostChapter9.c \
- $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/LowLevel.c \
- $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/Pipe.c \
- $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/USBInterrupt.c \
- $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/ConfigDescriptor.c \
- $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/Events.c \
- $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/USBTask.c \
- $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/MIDI.c \
-
-
-# List C++ source files here. (C dependencies are automatically generated.)
-CPPSRC =
-
-
-# List Assembler source files here.
-# Make them always end in a capital .S. Files ending in a lowercase .s
-# will not be considered source files but generated files (assembler
-# output from the compiler), and will be deleted upon "make clean"!
-# Even though the DOS/Win* filesystem matches both .s and .S the same,
-# it will preserve the spelling of the filenames, and gcc itself does
-# care about how the name is spelled on its command-line.
-ASRC =
-
-
-# Optimization level, can be [0, 1, 2, 3, s].
-# 0 = turn off optimization. s = optimize for size.
-# (Note: 3 is not always the best optimization level. See avr-libc FAQ.)
-OPT = s
-
-
-# Debugging format.
-# Native formats for AVR-GCC's -g are dwarf-2 [default] or stabs.
-# AVR Studio 4.10 requires dwarf-2.
-# AVR [Extended] COFF format requires stabs, plus an avr-objcopy run.
-DEBUG = dwarf-2
-
-
-# List any extra directories to look for include files here.
-# Each directory must be seperated by a space.
-# Use forward slashes for directory separators.
-# For a directory that has spaces, enclose it in quotes.
-EXTRAINCDIRS = $(LUFA_PATH)/
-
-
-# Compiler flag to set the C Standard level.
-# c89 = "ANSI" C
-# gnu89 = c89 plus GCC extensions
-# c99 = ISO C99 standard (not yet fully implemented)
-# gnu99 = c99 plus GCC extensions
-CSTANDARD = -std=gnu99
-
-
-# Place -D or -U options here for C sources
-CDEFS = -DF_CPU=$(F_CPU)UL -DF_CLOCK=$(F_CLOCK)UL -DBOARD=BOARD_$(BOARD) $(LUFA_OPTS)
-
-
-# Place -D or -U options here for ASM sources
-ADEFS = -DF_CPU=$(F_CPU)
-
-
-# Place -D or -U options here for C++ sources
-CPPDEFS = -DF_CPU=$(F_CPU)UL
-#CPPDEFS += -D__STDC_LIMIT_MACROS
-#CPPDEFS += -D__STDC_CONSTANT_MACROS
-
-
-
-#---------------- Compiler Options C ----------------
-# -g*: generate debugging information
-# -O*: optimization level
-# -f...: tuning, see GCC manual and avr-libc documentation
-# -Wall...: warning level
-# -Wa,...: tell GCC to pass this to the assembler.
-# -adhlns...: create assembler listing
-CFLAGS = -g$(DEBUG)
-CFLAGS += $(CDEFS)
-CFLAGS += -O$(OPT)
-CFLAGS += -funsigned-char
-CFLAGS += -funsigned-bitfields
-CFLAGS += -ffunction-sections
-CFLAGS += -fno-inline-small-functions
-CFLAGS += -fpack-struct
-CFLAGS += -fshort-enums
-CFLAGS += -Wall
-CFLAGS += -Wstrict-prototypes
-CFLAGS += -Wundef
-#CFLAGS += -fno-unit-at-a-time
-#CFLAGS += -Wunreachable-code
-#CFLAGS += -Wsign-compare
-CFLAGS += -Wa,-adhlns=$(<:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst)
-CFLAGS += $(patsubst %,-I%,$(EXTRAINCDIRS))
-CFLAGS += $(CSTANDARD)
-
-
-#---------------- Compiler Options C++ ----------------
-# -g*: generate debugging information
-# -O*: optimization level
-# -f...: tuning, see GCC manual and avr-libc documentation
-# -Wall...: warning level
-# -Wa,...: tell GCC to pass this to the assembler.
-# -adhlns...: create assembler listing
-CPPFLAGS = -g$(DEBUG)
-CPPFLAGS += $(CPPDEFS)
-CPPFLAGS += -O$(OPT)
-CPPFLAGS += -funsigned-char
-CPPFLAGS += -funsigned-bitfields
-CPPFLAGS += -fpack-struct
-CPPFLAGS += -fshort-enums
-CPPFLAGS += -fno-exceptions
-CPPFLAGS += -Wall
-CFLAGS += -Wundef
-#CPPFLAGS += -mshort-calls
-#CPPFLAGS += -fno-unit-at-a-time
-#CPPFLAGS += -Wstrict-prototypes
-#CPPFLAGS += -Wunreachable-code
-#CPPFLAGS += -Wsign-compare
-CPPFLAGS += -Wa,-adhlns=$(<:%.cpp=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst)
-CPPFLAGS += $(patsubst %,-I%,$(EXTRAINCDIRS))
-#CPPFLAGS += $(CSTANDARD)
-
-
-#---------------- Assembler Options ----------------
-# -Wa,...: tell GCC to pass this to the assembler.
-# -adhlns: create listing
-# -gstabs: have the assembler create line number information; note that
-# for use in COFF files, additional information about filenames
-# and function names needs to be present in the assembler source
-# files -- see avr-libc docs [FIXME: not yet described there]
-# -listing-cont-lines: Sets the maximum number of continuation lines of hex
-# dump that will be displayed for a given single line of source input.
-ASFLAGS = $(ADEFS) -Wa,-adhlns=$(<:%.S=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst),-gstabs,--listing-cont-lines=100
-
-
-#---------------- Library Options ----------------
-# Minimalistic printf version
-PRINTF_LIB_MIN = -Wl,-u,vfprintf -lprintf_min
-
-# Floating point printf version (requires MATH_LIB = -lm below)
-PRINTF_LIB_FLOAT = -Wl,-u,vfprintf -lprintf_flt
-
-# If this is left blank, then it will use the Standard printf version.
-PRINTF_LIB =
-#PRINTF_LIB = $(PRINTF_LIB_MIN)
-#PRINTF_LIB = $(PRINTF_LIB_FLOAT)
-
-
-# Minimalistic scanf version
-SCANF_LIB_MIN = -Wl,-u,vfscanf -lscanf_min
-
-# Floating point + %[ scanf version (requires MATH_LIB = -lm below)
-SCANF_LIB_FLOAT = -Wl,-u,vfscanf -lscanf_flt
-
-# If this is left blank, then it will use the Standard scanf version.
-SCANF_LIB =
-#SCANF_LIB = $(SCANF_LIB_MIN)
-#SCANF_LIB = $(SCANF_LIB_FLOAT)
-
-
-MATH_LIB = -lm
-
-
-# List any extra directories to look for libraries here.
-# Each directory must be seperated by a space.
-# Use forward slashes for directory separators.
-# For a directory that has spaces, enclose it in quotes.
-EXTRALIBDIRS =
-
-
-
-#---------------- External Memory Options ----------------
-
-# 64 KB of external RAM, starting after internal RAM (ATmega128!),
-# used for variables (.data/.bss) and heap (malloc()).
-#EXTMEMOPTS = -Wl,-Tdata=0x801100,--defsym=__heap_end=0x80ffff
-
-# 64 KB of external RAM, starting after internal RAM (ATmega128!),
-# only used for heap (malloc()).
-#EXTMEMOPTS = -Wl,--section-start,.data=0x801100,--defsym=__heap_end=0x80ffff
-
-EXTMEMOPTS =
-
-
-
-#---------------- Linker Options ----------------
-# -Wl,...: tell GCC to pass this to linker.
-# -Map: create map file
-# --cref: add cross reference to map file
-LDFLAGS = -Wl,-Map=$(TARGET).map,--cref
-LDFLAGS += -Wl,--relax
-LDFLAGS += -Wl,--gc-sections
-LDFLAGS += $(EXTMEMOPTS)
-LDFLAGS += $(patsubst %,-L%,$(EXTRALIBDIRS))
-LDFLAGS += $(PRINTF_LIB) $(SCANF_LIB) $(MATH_LIB)
-#LDFLAGS += -T linker_script.x
-
-
-
-#---------------- Programming Options (avrdude) ----------------
-
-# Programming hardware: alf avr910 avrisp bascom bsd
-# dt006 pavr picoweb pony-stk200 sp12 stk200 stk500
-#
-# Type: avrdude -c ?
-# to get a full listing.
-#
-AVRDUDE_PROGRAMMER = jtagmkII
-
-# com1 = serial port. Use lpt1 to connect to parallel port.
-AVRDUDE_PORT = usb
-
-AVRDUDE_WRITE_FLASH = -U flash:w:$(TARGET).hex
-#AVRDUDE_WRITE_EEPROM = -U eeprom:w:$(TARGET).eep
-
-
-# Uncomment the following if you want avrdude's erase cycle counter.
-# Note that this counter needs to be initialized first using -Yn,
-# see avrdude manual.
-#AVRDUDE_ERASE_COUNTER = -y
-
-# Uncomment the following if you do /not/ wish a verification to be
-# performed after programming the device.
-#AVRDUDE_NO_VERIFY = -V
-
-# Increase verbosity level. Please use this when submitting bug
-# reports about avrdude. See <http://savannah.nongnu.org/projects/avrdude>
-# to submit bug reports.
-#AVRDUDE_VERBOSE = -v -v
-
-AVRDUDE_FLAGS = -p $(MCU) -P $(AVRDUDE_PORT) -c $(AVRDUDE_PROGRAMMER)
-AVRDUDE_FLAGS += $(AVRDUDE_NO_VERIFY)
-AVRDUDE_FLAGS += $(AVRDUDE_VERBOSE)
-AVRDUDE_FLAGS += $(AVRDUDE_ERASE_COUNTER)
-
-
-
-#---------------- Debugging Options ----------------
-
-# For simulavr only - target MCU frequency.
-DEBUG_MFREQ = $(F_CPU)
-
-# Set the DEBUG_UI to either gdb or insight.
-# DEBUG_UI = gdb
-DEBUG_UI = insight
-
-# Set the debugging back-end to either avarice, simulavr.
-DEBUG_BACKEND = avarice
-#DEBUG_BACKEND = simulavr
-
-# GDB Init Filename.
-GDBINIT_FILE = __avr_gdbinit
-
-# When using avarice settings for the JTAG
-JTAG_DEV = /dev/com1
-
-# Debugging port used to communicate between GDB / avarice / simulavr.
-DEBUG_PORT = 4242
-
-# Debugging host used to communicate between GDB / avarice / simulavr, normally
-# just set to localhost unless doing some sort of crazy debugging when
-# avarice is running on a different computer.
-DEBUG_HOST = localhost
-
-
-
-#============================================================================
-
-
-# Define programs and commands.
-SHELL = sh
-CC = avr-gcc
-OBJCOPY = avr-objcopy
-OBJDUMP = avr-objdump
-SIZE = avr-size
-AR = avr-ar rcs
-NM = avr-nm
-AVRDUDE = avrdude
-REMOVE = rm -f
-REMOVEDIR = rm -rf
-COPY = cp
-WINSHELL = cmd
-
-# Define Messages
-# English
-MSG_ERRORS_NONE = Errors: none
-MSG_BEGIN = -------- begin --------
-MSG_END = -------- end --------
-MSG_SIZE_BEFORE = Size before:
-MSG_SIZE_AFTER = Size after:
-MSG_COFF = Converting to AVR COFF:
-MSG_EXTENDED_COFF = Converting to AVR Extended COFF:
-MSG_FLASH = Creating load file for Flash:
-MSG_EEPROM = Creating load file for EEPROM:
-MSG_EXTENDED_LISTING = Creating Extended Listing:
-MSG_SYMBOL_TABLE = Creating Symbol Table:
-MSG_LINKING = Linking:
-MSG_COMPILING = Compiling C:
-MSG_COMPILING_CPP = Compiling C++:
-MSG_ASSEMBLING = Assembling:
-MSG_CLEANING = Cleaning project:
-MSG_CREATING_LIBRARY = Creating library:
-
-
-
-
-# Define all object files.
-OBJ = $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.o) $(CPPSRC:%.cpp=$(OBJDIR)/%.o) $(ASRC:%.S=$(OBJDIR)/%.o)
-
-# Define all listing files.
-LST = $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst) $(CPPSRC:%.cpp=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst) $(ASRC:%.S=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst)
-
-
-# Compiler flags to generate dependency files.
-GENDEPFLAGS = -MMD -MP -MF .dep/$(@F).d
-
-
-# Combine all necessary flags and optional flags.
-# Add target processor to flags.
-ALL_CFLAGS = -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. $(CFLAGS) $(GENDEPFLAGS)
-ALL_CPPFLAGS = -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. -x c++ $(CPPFLAGS) $(GENDEPFLAGS)
-ALL_ASFLAGS = -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. -x assembler-with-cpp $(ASFLAGS)
-
-
-
-
-
-# Default target.
-all: begin gccversion sizebefore build checkinvalidevents showliboptions showtarget sizeafter end
-
-# Change the build target to build a HEX file or a library.
-build: elf hex eep lss sym
-#build: lib
-
-
-elf: $(TARGET).elf
-hex: $(TARGET).hex
-eep: $(TARGET).eep
-lss: $(TARGET).lss
-sym: $(TARGET).sym
-LIBNAME=lib$(TARGET).a
-lib: $(LIBNAME)
-
-
-
-# Eye candy.
-# AVR Studio 3.x does not check make's exit code but relies on
-# the following magic strings to be generated by the compile job.
-begin:
- @echo
- @echo $(MSG_BEGIN)
-
-end:
- @echo $(MSG_END)
- @echo
-
-
-# Display size of file.
-HEXSIZE = $(SIZE) --target=$(FORMAT) $(TARGET).hex
-ELFSIZE = $(SIZE) $(MCU_FLAG) $(FORMAT_FLAG) $(TARGET).elf
-MCU_FLAG = $(shell $(SIZE) --help | grep -- --mcu > /dev/null && echo --mcu=$(MCU) )
-FORMAT_FLAG = $(shell $(SIZE) --help | grep -- --format=.*avr > /dev/null && echo --format=avr )
-
-sizebefore:
- @if test -f $(TARGET).elf; then echo; echo $(MSG_SIZE_BEFORE); $(ELFSIZE); \
- 2>/dev/null; echo; fi
-
-sizeafter:
- @if test -f $(TARGET).elf; then echo; echo $(MSG_SIZE_AFTER); $(ELFSIZE); \
- 2>/dev/null; echo; fi
-
-$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/LUFA_Events.lst:
- @$(MAKE) -C $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/ LUFA_Events.lst
-
-checkinvalidevents: $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/LUFA_Events.lst
- @echo
- @echo Checking for invalid events...
- @$(shell) avr-nm $(OBJ) | sed -n -e 's/^.*EVENT_/EVENT_/p' | \
- grep -F -v --file=$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/LUFA_Events.lst > InvalidEvents.tmp || true
- @sed -n -e 's/^/ WARNING - INVALID EVENT NAME: /p' InvalidEvents.tmp
- @if test -s InvalidEvents.tmp; then exit 1; fi
-
-showliboptions:
- @echo
- @echo ---- Compile Time Library Options ----
- @for i in $(LUFA_OPTS:-D%=%); do \
- echo $$i; \
- done
- @echo --------------------------------------
-
-showtarget:
- @echo
- @echo --------- Target Information ---------
- @echo AVR Model: $(MCU)
- @echo Board: $(BOARD)
- @echo Clock: $(F_CPU)Hz CPU, $(F_CLOCK)Hz Master
- @echo --------------------------------------
-
-
-# Display compiler version information.
-gccversion :
- @$(CC) --version
-
-
-# Program the device.
-program: $(TARGET).hex $(TARGET).eep
- $(AVRDUDE) $(AVRDUDE_FLAGS) $(AVRDUDE_WRITE_FLASH) $(AVRDUDE_WRITE_EEPROM)
-
-flip: $(TARGET).hex
- batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation erase f
- batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation loadbuffer $(TARGET).hex program
- batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation start reset 0
-
-dfu: $(TARGET).hex
- dfu-programmer $(MCU) erase
- dfu-programmer $(MCU) flash --debug 1 $(TARGET).hex
- dfu-programmer $(MCU) reset
-
-flip-ee: $(TARGET).hex $(TARGET).eep
- $(COPY) $(TARGET).eep $(TARGET)eep.hex
- batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation memory EEPROM erase
- batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation memory EEPROM loadbuffer $(TARGET)eep.hex program
- batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation start reset 0
- $(REMOVE) $(TARGET)eep.hex
-
-dfu-ee: $(TARGET).hex $(TARGET).eep
- dfu-programmer $(MCU) flash-eeprom --debug 1 --suppress-bootloader-mem $(TARGET).eep
- dfu-programmer $(MCU) reset
-
-
-# Generate avr-gdb config/init file which does the following:
-# define the reset signal, load the target file, connect to target, and set
-# a breakpoint at main().
-gdb-config:
- @$(REMOVE) $(GDBINIT_FILE)
- @echo define reset >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
- @echo SIGNAL SIGHUP >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
- @echo end >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
- @echo file $(TARGET).elf >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
- @echo target remote $(DEBUG_HOST):$(DEBUG_PORT) >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
-ifeq ($(DEBUG_BACKEND),simulavr)
- @echo load >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
-endif
- @echo break main >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
-
-debug: gdb-config $(TARGET).elf
-ifeq ($(DEBUG_BACKEND), avarice)
- @echo Starting AVaRICE - Press enter when "waiting to connect" message displays.
- @$(WINSHELL) /c start avarice --jtag $(JTAG_DEV) --erase --program --file \
- $(TARGET).elf $(DEBUG_HOST):$(DEBUG_PORT)
- @$(WINSHELL) /c pause
-
-else
- @$(WINSHELL) /c start simulavr --gdbserver --device $(MCU) --clock-freq \
- $(DEBUG_MFREQ) --port $(DEBUG_PORT)
-endif
- @$(WINSHELL) /c start avr-$(DEBUG_UI) --command=$(GDBINIT_FILE)
-
-
-
-
-# Convert ELF to COFF for use in debugging / simulating in AVR Studio or VMLAB.
-COFFCONVERT = $(OBJCOPY) --debugging
-COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .data-0x800000
-COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .bss-0x800000
-COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .noinit-0x800000
-COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .eeprom-0x810000
-
-
-
-coff: $(TARGET).elf
- @echo
- @echo $(MSG_COFF) $(TARGET).cof
- $(COFFCONVERT) -O coff-avr $< $(TARGET).cof
-
-
-extcoff: $(TARGET).elf
- @echo
- @echo $(MSG_EXTENDED_COFF) $(TARGET).cof
- $(COFFCONVERT) -O coff-ext-avr $< $(TARGET).cof
-
-
-
-# Create final output files (.hex, .eep) from ELF output file.
-%.hex: %.elf
- @echo
- @echo $(MSG_FLASH) $@
- $(OBJCOPY) -O $(FORMAT) -R .eeprom $< $@
-
-%.eep: %.elf
- @echo
- @echo $(MSG_EEPROM) $@
- -$(OBJCOPY) -j .eeprom --set-section-flags=.eeprom="alloc,load" \
- --change-section-lma .eeprom=0 --no-change-warnings -O $(FORMAT) $< $@ || exit 0
-
-# Create extended listing file from ELF output file.
-%.lss: %.elf
- @echo
- @echo $(MSG_EXTENDED_LISTING) $@
- $(OBJDUMP) -h -z -S $< > $@
-
-# Create a symbol table from ELF output file.
-%.sym: %.elf
- @echo
- @echo $(MSG_SYMBOL_TABLE) $@
- $(NM) -n $< > $@
-
-
-
-# Create library from object files.
-.SECONDARY : $(TARGET).a
-.PRECIOUS : $(OBJ)
-%.a: $(OBJ)
- @echo
- @echo $(MSG_CREATING_LIBRARY) $@
- $(AR) $@ $(OBJ)
-
-
-# Link: create ELF output file from object files.
-.SECONDARY : $(TARGET).elf
-.PRECIOUS : $(OBJ)
-%.elf: $(OBJ)
- @echo
- @echo $(MSG_LINKING) $@
- $(CC) $(ALL_CFLAGS) $^ --output $@ $(LDFLAGS)
-
-
-# Compile: create object files from C source files.
-$(OBJDIR)/%.o : %.c
- @echo
- @echo $(MSG_COMPILING) $<
- $(CC) -c $(ALL_CFLAGS) $< -o $@
-
-
-# Compile: create object files from C++ source files.
-$(OBJDIR)/%.o : %.cpp
- @echo
- @echo $(MSG_COMPILING_CPP) $<
- $(CC) -c $(ALL_CPPFLAGS) $< -o $@
-
-
-# Compile: create assembler files from C source files.
-%.s : %.c
- $(CC) -S $(ALL_CFLAGS) $< -o $@
-
-
-# Compile: create assembler files from C++ source files.
-%.s : %.cpp
- $(CC) -S $(ALL_CPPFLAGS) $< -o $@
-
-
-# Assemble: create object files from assembler source files.
-$(OBJDIR)/%.o : %.S
- @echo
- @echo $(MSG_ASSEMBLING) $<
- $(CC) -c $(ALL_ASFLAGS) $< -o $@
-
-
-# Create preprocessed source for use in sending a bug report.
-%.i : %.c
- $(CC) -E -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. $(CFLAGS) $< -o $@
-
-
-# Target: clean project.
-clean: begin clean_list clean_binary end
-
-clean_binary:
- $(REMOVE) $(TARGET).hex
-
-clean_list:
- @echo $(MSG_CLEANING)
- $(REMOVE) $(TARGET).eep
- $(REMOVE) $(TARGET)eep.hex
- $(REMOVE) $(TARGET).cof
- $(REMOVE) $(TARGET).elf
- $(REMOVE) $(TARGET).map
- $(REMOVE) $(TARGET).sym
- $(REMOVE) $(TARGET).lss
- $(REMOVE) $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.o)
- $(REMOVE) $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst)
- $(REMOVE) $(SRC:.c=.s)
- $(REMOVE) $(SRC:.c=.d)
- $(REMOVE) $(SRC:.c=.i)
- $(REMOVE) InvalidEvents.tmp
- $(REMOVEDIR) .dep
-
-doxygen:
- @echo Generating Project Documentation...
- @doxygen Doxygen.conf
- @echo Documentation Generation Complete.
-
-clean_doxygen:
- rm -rf Documentation
-
-# Create object files directory
-$(shell mkdir $(OBJDIR) 2>/dev/null)
-
-
-# Include the dependency files.
--include $(shell mkdir .dep 2>/dev/null) $(wildcard .dep/*)
-
-
-# Listing of phony targets.
-.PHONY : all checkinvalidevents showliboptions \
-showtarget begin finish end sizebefore sizeafter \
-gccversion build elf hex eep lss sym coff extcoff \
-program dfu flip flip-ee dfu-ee clean debug \
+# Hey Emacs, this is a -*- makefile -*- +#---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# WinAVR Makefile Template written by Eric B. Weddington, Jörg Wunsch, et al. +# >> Modified for use with the LUFA project. << +# +# Released to the Public Domain +# +# Additional material for this makefile was written by: +# Peter Fleury +# Tim Henigan +# Colin O'Flynn +# Reiner Patommel +# Markus Pfaff +# Sander Pool +# Frederik Rouleau +# Carlos Lamas +# Dean Camera +# Opendous Inc. +# Denver Gingerich +# +#---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# On command line: +# +# make all = Make software. +# +# make clean = Clean out built project files. +# +# make coff = Convert ELF to AVR COFF. +# +# make extcoff = Convert ELF to AVR Extended COFF. +# +# make program = Download the hex file to the device, using avrdude. +# Please customize the avrdude settings below first! +# +# make dfu = Download the hex file to the device, using dfu-programmer (must +# have dfu-programmer installed). +# +# make flip = Download the hex file to the device, using Atmel FLIP (must +# have Atmel FLIP installed). +# +# make dfu-ee = Download the eeprom file to the device, using dfu-programmer +# (must have dfu-programmer installed). +# +# make flip-ee = Download the eeprom file to the device, using Atmel FLIP +# (must have Atmel FLIP installed). +# +# make doxygen = Generate DoxyGen documentation for the project (must have +# DoxyGen installed) +# +# make debug = Start either simulavr or avarice as specified for debugging, +# with avr-gdb or avr-insight as the front end for debugging. +# +# make filename.s = Just compile filename.c into the assembler code only. +# +# make filename.i = Create a preprocessed source file for use in submitting +# bug reports to the GCC project. +# +# To rebuild project do "make clean" then "make all". +#---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + + +# MCU name +MCU = at90usb1287 + + +# Target board (see library "Board Types" documentation, NONE for projects not requiring +# LUFA board drivers). If USER is selected, put custom board drivers in a directory called +# "Board" inside the application directory. +BOARD = USBKEY + + +# Processor frequency. +# This will define a symbol, F_CPU, in all source code files equal to the +# processor frequency in Hz. You can then use this symbol in your source code to +# calculate timings. Do NOT tack on a 'UL' at the end, this will be done +# automatically to create a 32-bit value in your source code. +# +# This will be an integer division of F_CLOCK below, as it is sourced by +# F_CLOCK after it has run through any CPU prescalers. Note that this value +# does not *change* the processor frequency - it should merely be updated to +# reflect the processor speed set externally so that the code can use accurate +# software delays. +F_CPU = 8000000 + + +# Input clock frequency. +# This will define a symbol, F_CLOCK, in all source code files equal to the +# input clock frequency (before any prescaling is performed) in Hz. This value may +# differ from F_CPU if prescaling is used on the latter, and is required as the +# raw input clock is fed directly to the PLL sections of the AVR for high speed +# clock generation for the USB and other AVR subsections. Do NOT tack on a 'UL' +# at the end, this will be done automatically to create a 32-bit value in your +# source code. +# +# If no clock division is performed on the input clock inside the AVR (via the +# CPU clock adjust registers or the clock division fuses), this will be equal to F_CPU. +F_CLOCK = $(F_CPU) + + +# Output format. (can be srec, ihex, binary) +FORMAT = ihex + + +# Target file name (without extension). +TARGET = MIDIToneGenerator + + +# Object files directory +# To put object files in current directory, use a dot (.), do NOT make +# this an empty or blank macro! +OBJDIR = . + + +# Path to the LUFA library +LUFA_PATH = ../../.. + + +# LUFA library compile-time options +LUFA_OPTS = -D USB_DEVICE_ONLY +LUFA_OPTS += -D FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE=8 +LUFA_OPTS += -D FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS=1 +LUFA_OPTS += -D USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS +LUFA_OPTS += -D USE_STATIC_OPTIONS="(USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)" + + +# List C source files here. (C dependencies are automatically generated.) +SRC = $(TARGET).c \ + Descriptors.c \ + $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/DevChapter9.c \ + $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/Endpoint.c \ + $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/Host.c \ + $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/HostChapter9.c \ + $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/LowLevel.c \ + $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/Pipe.c \ + $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/USBInterrupt.c \ + $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/ConfigDescriptor.c \ + $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/Events.c \ + $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/USBTask.c \ + $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/MIDI.c \ + + +# List C++ source files here. (C dependencies are automatically generated.) +CPPSRC = + + +# List Assembler source files here. +# Make them always end in a capital .S. Files ending in a lowercase .s +# will not be considered source files but generated files (assembler +# output from the compiler), and will be deleted upon "make clean"! +# Even though the DOS/Win* filesystem matches both .s and .S the same, +# it will preserve the spelling of the filenames, and gcc itself does +# care about how the name is spelled on its command-line. +ASRC = + + +# Optimization level, can be [0, 1, 2, 3, s]. +# 0 = turn off optimization. s = optimize for size. +# (Note: 3 is not always the best optimization level. See avr-libc FAQ.) +OPT = s + + +# Debugging format. +# Native formats for AVR-GCC's -g are dwarf-2 [default] or stabs. +# AVR Studio 4.10 requires dwarf-2. +# AVR [Extended] COFF format requires stabs, plus an avr-objcopy run. +DEBUG = dwarf-2 + + +# List any extra directories to look for include files here. +# Each directory must be seperated by a space. +# Use forward slashes for directory separators. +# For a directory that has spaces, enclose it in quotes. +EXTRAINCDIRS = $(LUFA_PATH)/ + + +# Compiler flag to set the C Standard level. +# c89 = "ANSI" C +# gnu89 = c89 plus GCC extensions +# c99 = ISO C99 standard (not yet fully implemented) +# gnu99 = c99 plus GCC extensions +CSTANDARD = -std=gnu99 + + +# Place -D or -U options here for C sources +CDEFS = -DF_CPU=$(F_CPU)UL -DF_CLOCK=$(F_CLOCK)UL -DBOARD=BOARD_$(BOARD) $(LUFA_OPTS) + + +# Place -D or -U options here for ASM sources +ADEFS = -DF_CPU=$(F_CPU) + + +# Place -D or -U options here for C++ sources +CPPDEFS = -DF_CPU=$(F_CPU)UL +#CPPDEFS += -D__STDC_LIMIT_MACROS +#CPPDEFS += -D__STDC_CONSTANT_MACROS + + + +#---------------- Compiler Options C ---------------- +# -g*: generate debugging information +# -O*: optimization level +# -f...: tuning, see GCC manual and avr-libc documentation +# -Wall...: warning level +# -Wa,...: tell GCC to pass this to the assembler. +# -adhlns...: create assembler listing +CFLAGS = -g$(DEBUG) +CFLAGS += $(CDEFS) +CFLAGS += -O$(OPT) +CFLAGS += -funsigned-char +CFLAGS += -funsigned-bitfields +CFLAGS += -ffunction-sections +CFLAGS += -fno-inline-small-functions +CFLAGS += -fpack-struct +CFLAGS += -fshort-enums +CFLAGS += -Wall +CFLAGS += -Wstrict-prototypes +CFLAGS += -Wundef +#CFLAGS += -fno-unit-at-a-time +#CFLAGS += -Wunreachable-code +#CFLAGS += -Wsign-compare +CFLAGS += -Wa,-adhlns=$(<:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst) +CFLAGS += $(patsubst %,-I%,$(EXTRAINCDIRS)) +CFLAGS += $(CSTANDARD) + + +#---------------- Compiler Options C++ ---------------- +# -g*: generate debugging information +# -O*: optimization level +# -f...: tuning, see GCC manual and avr-libc documentation +# -Wall...: warning level +# -Wa,...: tell GCC to pass this to the assembler. +# -adhlns...: create assembler listing +CPPFLAGS = -g$(DEBUG) +CPPFLAGS += $(CPPDEFS) +CPPFLAGS += -O$(OPT) +CPPFLAGS += -funsigned-char +CPPFLAGS += -funsigned-bitfields +CPPFLAGS += -fpack-struct +CPPFLAGS += -fshort-enums +CPPFLAGS += -fno-exceptions +CPPFLAGS += -Wall +CFLAGS += -Wundef +#CPPFLAGS += -mshort-calls +#CPPFLAGS += -fno-unit-at-a-time +#CPPFLAGS += -Wstrict-prototypes +#CPPFLAGS += -Wunreachable-code +#CPPFLAGS += -Wsign-compare +CPPFLAGS += -Wa,-adhlns=$(<:%.cpp=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst) +CPPFLAGS += $(patsubst %,-I%,$(EXTRAINCDIRS)) +#CPPFLAGS += $(CSTANDARD) + + +#---------------- Assembler Options ---------------- +# -Wa,...: tell GCC to pass this to the assembler. +# -adhlns: create listing +# -gstabs: have the assembler create line number information; note that +# for use in COFF files, additional information about filenames +# and function names needs to be present in the assembler source +# files -- see avr-libc docs [FIXME: not yet described there] +# -listing-cont-lines: Sets the maximum number of continuation lines of hex +# dump that will be displayed for a given single line of source input. +ASFLAGS = $(ADEFS) -Wa,-adhlns=$(<:%.S=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst),-gstabs,--listing-cont-lines=100 + + +#---------------- Library Options ---------------- +# Minimalistic printf version +PRINTF_LIB_MIN = -Wl,-u,vfprintf -lprintf_min + +# Floating point printf version (requires MATH_LIB = -lm below) +PRINTF_LIB_FLOAT = -Wl,-u,vfprintf -lprintf_flt + +# If this is left blank, then it will use the Standard printf version. +PRINTF_LIB = +#PRINTF_LIB = $(PRINTF_LIB_MIN) +#PRINTF_LIB = $(PRINTF_LIB_FLOAT) + + +# Minimalistic scanf version +SCANF_LIB_MIN = -Wl,-u,vfscanf -lscanf_min + +# Floating point + %[ scanf version (requires MATH_LIB = -lm below) +SCANF_LIB_FLOAT = -Wl,-u,vfscanf -lscanf_flt + +# If this is left blank, then it will use the Standard scanf version. +SCANF_LIB = +#SCANF_LIB = $(SCANF_LIB_MIN) +#SCANF_LIB = $(SCANF_LIB_FLOAT) + + +MATH_LIB = -lm + + +# List any extra directories to look for libraries here. +# Each directory must be seperated by a space. +# Use forward slashes for directory separators. +# For a directory that has spaces, enclose it in quotes. +EXTRALIBDIRS = + + + +#---------------- External Memory Options ---------------- + +# 64 KB of external RAM, starting after internal RAM (ATmega128!), +# used for variables (.data/.bss) and heap (malloc()). +#EXTMEMOPTS = -Wl,-Tdata=0x801100,--defsym=__heap_end=0x80ffff + +# 64 KB of external RAM, starting after internal RAM (ATmega128!), +# only used for heap (malloc()). +#EXTMEMOPTS = -Wl,--section-start,.data=0x801100,--defsym=__heap_end=0x80ffff + +EXTMEMOPTS = + + + +#---------------- Linker Options ---------------- +# -Wl,...: tell GCC to pass this to linker. +# -Map: create map file +# --cref: add cross reference to map file +LDFLAGS = -Wl,-Map=$(TARGET).map,--cref +LDFLAGS += -Wl,--relax +LDFLAGS += -Wl,--gc-sections +LDFLAGS += $(EXTMEMOPTS) +LDFLAGS += $(patsubst %,-L%,$(EXTRALIBDIRS)) +LDFLAGS += $(PRINTF_LIB) $(SCANF_LIB) $(MATH_LIB) +#LDFLAGS += -T linker_script.x + + + +#---------------- Programming Options (avrdude) ---------------- + +# Programming hardware: alf avr910 avrisp bascom bsd +# dt006 pavr picoweb pony-stk200 sp12 stk200 stk500 +# +# Type: avrdude -c ? +# to get a full listing. +# +AVRDUDE_PROGRAMMER = jtagmkII + +# com1 = serial port. Use lpt1 to connect to parallel port. +AVRDUDE_PORT = usb + +AVRDUDE_WRITE_FLASH = -U flash:w:$(TARGET).hex +#AVRDUDE_WRITE_EEPROM = -U eeprom:w:$(TARGET).eep + + +# Uncomment the following if you want avrdude's erase cycle counter. +# Note that this counter needs to be initialized first using -Yn, +# see avrdude manual. +#AVRDUDE_ERASE_COUNTER = -y + +# Uncomment the following if you do /not/ wish a verification to be +# performed after programming the device. +#AVRDUDE_NO_VERIFY = -V + +# Increase verbosity level. Please use this when submitting bug +# reports about avrdude. See <http://savannah.nongnu.org/projects/avrdude> +# to submit bug reports. +#AVRDUDE_VERBOSE = -v -v + +AVRDUDE_FLAGS = -p $(MCU) -P $(AVRDUDE_PORT) -c $(AVRDUDE_PROGRAMMER) +AVRDUDE_FLAGS += $(AVRDUDE_NO_VERIFY) +AVRDUDE_FLAGS += $(AVRDUDE_VERBOSE) +AVRDUDE_FLAGS += $(AVRDUDE_ERASE_COUNTER) + + + +#---------------- Debugging Options ---------------- + +# For simulavr only - target MCU frequency. +DEBUG_MFREQ = $(F_CPU) + +# Set the DEBUG_UI to either gdb or insight. +# DEBUG_UI = gdb +DEBUG_UI = insight + +# Set the debugging back-end to either avarice, simulavr. +DEBUG_BACKEND = avarice +#DEBUG_BACKEND = simulavr + +# GDB Init Filename. +GDBINIT_FILE = __avr_gdbinit + +# When using avarice settings for the JTAG +JTAG_DEV = /dev/com1 + +# Debugging port used to communicate between GDB / avarice / simulavr. +DEBUG_PORT = 4242 + +# Debugging host used to communicate between GDB / avarice / simulavr, normally +# just set to localhost unless doing some sort of crazy debugging when +# avarice is running on a different computer. +DEBUG_HOST = localhost + + + +#============================================================================ + + +# Define programs and commands. +SHELL = sh +CC = avr-gcc +OBJCOPY = avr-objcopy +OBJDUMP = avr-objdump +SIZE = avr-size +AR = avr-ar rcs +NM = avr-nm +AVRDUDE = avrdude +REMOVE = rm -f +REMOVEDIR = rm -rf +COPY = cp +WINSHELL = cmd + +# Define Messages +# English +MSG_ERRORS_NONE = Errors: none +MSG_BEGIN = -------- begin -------- +MSG_END = -------- end -------- +MSG_SIZE_BEFORE = Size before: +MSG_SIZE_AFTER = Size after: +MSG_COFF = Converting to AVR COFF: +MSG_EXTENDED_COFF = Converting to AVR Extended COFF: +MSG_FLASH = Creating load file for Flash: +MSG_EEPROM = Creating load file for EEPROM: +MSG_EXTENDED_LISTING = Creating Extended Listing: +MSG_SYMBOL_TABLE = Creating Symbol Table: +MSG_LINKING = Linking: +MSG_COMPILING = Compiling C: +MSG_COMPILING_CPP = Compiling C++: +MSG_ASSEMBLING = Assembling: +MSG_CLEANING = Cleaning project: +MSG_CREATING_LIBRARY = Creating library: + + + + +# Define all object files. +OBJ = $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.o) $(CPPSRC:%.cpp=$(OBJDIR)/%.o) $(ASRC:%.S=$(OBJDIR)/%.o) + +# Define all listing files. +LST = $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst) $(CPPSRC:%.cpp=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst) $(ASRC:%.S=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst) + + +# Compiler flags to generate dependency files. +GENDEPFLAGS = -MMD -MP -MF .dep/$(@F).d + + +# Combine all necessary flags and optional flags. +# Add target processor to flags. +ALL_CFLAGS = -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. $(CFLAGS) $(GENDEPFLAGS) +ALL_CPPFLAGS = -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. -x c++ $(CPPFLAGS) $(GENDEPFLAGS) +ALL_ASFLAGS = -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. -x assembler-with-cpp $(ASFLAGS) + + + + + +# Default target. +all: begin gccversion sizebefore build checkinvalidevents showliboptions showtarget sizeafter end + +# Change the build target to build a HEX file or a library. +build: elf hex eep lss sym +#build: lib + + +elf: $(TARGET).elf +hex: $(TARGET).hex +eep: $(TARGET).eep +lss: $(TARGET).lss +sym: $(TARGET).sym +LIBNAME=lib$(TARGET).a +lib: $(LIBNAME) + + + +# Eye candy. +# AVR Studio 3.x does not check make's exit code but relies on +# the following magic strings to be generated by the compile job. +begin: + @echo + @echo $(MSG_BEGIN) + +end: + @echo $(MSG_END) + @echo + + +# Display size of file. +HEXSIZE = $(SIZE) --target=$(FORMAT) $(TARGET).hex +ELFSIZE = $(SIZE) $(MCU_FLAG) $(FORMAT_FLAG) $(TARGET).elf +MCU_FLAG = $(shell $(SIZE) --help | grep -- --mcu > /dev/null && echo --mcu=$(MCU) ) +FORMAT_FLAG = $(shell $(SIZE) --help | grep -- --format=.*avr > /dev/null && echo --format=avr ) + +sizebefore: + @if test -f $(TARGET).elf; then echo; echo $(MSG_SIZE_BEFORE); $(ELFSIZE); \ + 2>/dev/null; echo; fi + +sizeafter: + @if test -f $(TARGET).elf; then echo; echo $(MSG_SIZE_AFTER); $(ELFSIZE); \ + 2>/dev/null; echo; fi + +$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/LUFA_Events.lst: + @$(MAKE) -C $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/ LUFA_Events.lst + +checkinvalidevents: $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/LUFA_Events.lst + @echo + @echo Checking for invalid events... + @$(shell) avr-nm $(OBJ) | sed -n -e 's/^.*EVENT_/EVENT_/p' | \ + grep -F -v --file=$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/LUFA_Events.lst > InvalidEvents.tmp || true + @sed -n -e 's/^/ WARNING - INVALID EVENT NAME: /p' InvalidEvents.tmp + @if test -s InvalidEvents.tmp; then exit 1; fi + +showliboptions: + @echo + @echo ---- Compile Time Library Options ---- + @for i in $(LUFA_OPTS:-D%=%); do \ + echo $$i; \ + done + @echo -------------------------------------- + +showtarget: + @echo + @echo --------- Target Information --------- + @echo AVR Model: $(MCU) + @echo Board: $(BOARD) + @echo Clock: $(F_CPU)Hz CPU, $(F_CLOCK)Hz Master + @echo -------------------------------------- + + +# Display compiler version information. +gccversion : + @$(CC) --version + + +# Program the device. +program: $(TARGET).hex $(TARGET).eep + $(AVRDUDE) $(AVRDUDE_FLAGS) $(AVRDUDE_WRITE_FLASH) $(AVRDUDE_WRITE_EEPROM) + +flip: $(TARGET).hex + batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation erase f + batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation loadbuffer $(TARGET).hex program + batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation start reset 0 + +dfu: $(TARGET).hex + dfu-programmer $(MCU) erase + dfu-programmer $(MCU) flash --debug 1 $(TARGET).hex + dfu-programmer $(MCU) reset + +flip-ee: $(TARGET).hex $(TARGET).eep + $(COPY) $(TARGET).eep $(TARGET)eep.hex + batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation memory EEPROM erase + batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation memory EEPROM loadbuffer $(TARGET)eep.hex program + batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation start reset 0 + $(REMOVE) $(TARGET)eep.hex + +dfu-ee: $(TARGET).hex $(TARGET).eep + dfu-programmer $(MCU) flash-eeprom --debug 1 --suppress-bootloader-mem $(TARGET).eep + dfu-programmer $(MCU) reset + + +# Generate avr-gdb config/init file which does the following: +# define the reset signal, load the target file, connect to target, and set +# a breakpoint at main(). +gdb-config: + @$(REMOVE) $(GDBINIT_FILE) + @echo define reset >> $(GDBINIT_FILE) + @echo SIGNAL SIGHUP >> $(GDBINIT_FILE) + @echo end >> $(GDBINIT_FILE) + @echo file $(TARGET).elf >> $(GDBINIT_FILE) + @echo target remote $(DEBUG_HOST):$(DEBUG_PORT) >> $(GDBINIT_FILE) +ifeq ($(DEBUG_BACKEND),simulavr) + @echo load >> $(GDBINIT_FILE) +endif + @echo break main >> $(GDBINIT_FILE) + +debug: gdb-config $(TARGET).elf +ifeq ($(DEBUG_BACKEND), avarice) + @echo Starting AVaRICE - Press enter when "waiting to connect" message displays. + @$(WINSHELL) /c start avarice --jtag $(JTAG_DEV) --erase --program --file \ + $(TARGET).elf $(DEBUG_HOST):$(DEBUG_PORT) + @$(WINSHELL) /c pause + +else + @$(WINSHELL) /c start simulavr --gdbserver --device $(MCU) --clock-freq \ + $(DEBUG_MFREQ) --port $(DEBUG_PORT) +endif + @$(WINSHELL) /c start avr-$(DEBUG_UI) --command=$(GDBINIT_FILE) + + + + +# Convert ELF to COFF for use in debugging / simulating in AVR Studio or VMLAB. +COFFCONVERT = $(OBJCOPY) --debugging +COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .data-0x800000 +COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .bss-0x800000 +COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .noinit-0x800000 +COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .eeprom-0x810000 + + + +coff: $(TARGET).elf + @echo + @echo $(MSG_COFF) $(TARGET).cof + $(COFFCONVERT) -O coff-avr $< $(TARGET).cof + + +extcoff: $(TARGET).elf + @echo + @echo $(MSG_EXTENDED_COFF) $(TARGET).cof + $(COFFCONVERT) -O coff-ext-avr $< $(TARGET).cof + + + +# Create final output files (.hex, .eep) from ELF output file. +%.hex: %.elf + @echo + @echo $(MSG_FLASH) $@ + $(OBJCOPY) -O $(FORMAT) -R .eeprom $< $@ + +%.eep: %.elf + @echo + @echo $(MSG_EEPROM) $@ + -$(OBJCOPY) -j .eeprom --set-section-flags=.eeprom="alloc,load" \ + --change-section-lma .eeprom=0 --no-change-warnings -O $(FORMAT) $< $@ || exit 0 + +# Create extended listing file from ELF output file. +%.lss: %.elf + @echo + @echo $(MSG_EXTENDED_LISTING) $@ + $(OBJDUMP) -h -z -S $< > $@ + +# Create a symbol table from ELF output file. +%.sym: %.elf + @echo + @echo $(MSG_SYMBOL_TABLE) $@ + $(NM) -n $< > $@ + + + +# Create library from object files. +.SECONDARY : $(TARGET).a +.PRECIOUS : $(OBJ) +%.a: $(OBJ) + @echo + @echo $(MSG_CREATING_LIBRARY) $@ + $(AR) $@ $(OBJ) + + +# Link: create ELF output file from object files. +.SECONDARY : $(TARGET).elf +.PRECIOUS : $(OBJ) +%.elf: $(OBJ) + @echo + @echo $(MSG_LINKING) $@ + $(CC) $(ALL_CFLAGS) $^ --output $@ $(LDFLAGS) + + +# Compile: create object files from C source files. +$(OBJDIR)/%.o : %.c + @echo + @echo $(MSG_COMPILING) $< + $(CC) -c $(ALL_CFLAGS) $< -o $@ + + +# Compile: create object files from C++ source files. +$(OBJDIR)/%.o : %.cpp + @echo + @echo $(MSG_COMPILING_CPP) $< + $(CC) -c $(ALL_CPPFLAGS) $< -o $@ + + +# Compile: create assembler files from C source files. +%.s : %.c + $(CC) -S $(ALL_CFLAGS) $< -o $@ + + +# Compile: create assembler files from C++ source files. +%.s : %.cpp + $(CC) -S $(ALL_CPPFLAGS) $< -o $@ + + +# Assemble: create object files from assembler source files. +$(OBJDIR)/%.o : %.S + @echo + @echo $(MSG_ASSEMBLING) $< + $(CC) -c $(ALL_ASFLAGS) $< -o $@ + + +# Create preprocessed source for use in sending a bug report. +%.i : %.c + $(CC) -E -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. $(CFLAGS) $< -o $@ + + +# Target: clean project. +clean: begin clean_list clean_binary end + +clean_binary: + $(REMOVE) $(TARGET).hex + +clean_list: + @echo $(MSG_CLEANING) + $(REMOVE) $(TARGET).eep + $(REMOVE) $(TARGET)eep.hex + $(REMOVE) $(TARGET).cof + $(REMOVE) $(TARGET).elf + $(REMOVE) $(TARGET).map + $(REMOVE) $(TARGET).sym + $(REMOVE) $(TARGET).lss + $(REMOVE) $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.o) + $(REMOVE) $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst) + $(REMOVE) $(SRC:.c=.s) + $(REMOVE) $(SRC:.c=.d) + $(REMOVE) $(SRC:.c=.i) + $(REMOVE) InvalidEvents.tmp + $(REMOVEDIR) .dep + +doxygen: + @echo Generating Project Documentation... + @doxygen Doxygen.conf + @echo Documentation Generation Complete. + +clean_doxygen: + rm -rf Documentation + +# Create object files directory +$(shell mkdir $(OBJDIR) 2>/dev/null) + + +# Include the dependency files. +-include $(shell mkdir .dep 2>/dev/null) $(wildcard .dep/*) + + +# Listing of phony targets. +.PHONY : all checkinvalidevents showliboptions \ +showtarget begin finish end sizebefore sizeafter \ +gccversion build elf hex eep lss sym coff extcoff \ +program dfu flip flip-ee dfu-ee clean debug \ clean_list clean_binary gdb-config doxygen
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Projects/Incomplete/StandaloneProgrammer/Descriptors.c b/Projects/Incomplete/StandaloneProgrammer/Descriptors.c index 9836d4338..d6ffde804 100644 --- a/Projects/Incomplete/StandaloneProgrammer/Descriptors.c +++ b/Projects/Incomplete/StandaloneProgrammer/Descriptors.c @@ -1,221 +1,221 @@ -/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.fourwalledcubicle.com
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *
- * USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special
- * computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine
- * the device's capabilities and functions.
- */
-
-#include "Descriptors.h"
-
-#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
-
-/* On some devices, there is a factory set internal serial number which can be automatically sent to the host as
- * the device's serial number when the Device Descriptor's .SerialNumStrIndex entry is set to USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL.
- * This allows the host to track a device across insertions on different ports, allowing them to retain allocated
- * resources like COM port numbers and drivers. On demos using this feature, give a warning on unsupported devices
- * so that the user can supply their own serial number descriptor instead or remove the USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL value
- * from the Device Descriptor (forcing the host to generate a serial number for each device from the VID, PID and
- * port location).
- */
-#if (USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL == NO_DESCRIPTOR)
- #warning USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL is not available on this AVR - please manually construct a device serial descriptor.
-#endif
-
-/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall
- * device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the
- * number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration
- * process begins.
- */
-USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM DeviceDescriptor =
-{
- .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device},
-
- .USBSpecification = VERSION_BCD(01.10),
- .Class = 0xEF,
- .SubClass = 0x02,
- .Protocol = 0x01,
-
- .Endpoint0Size = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE,
-
- .VendorID = 0x03EB,
- .ProductID = 0x2063,
- .ReleaseNumber = 0x0001,
-
- .ManufacturerStrIndex = 0x01,
- .ProductStrIndex = 0x02,
- .SerialNumStrIndex = USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL,
-
- .NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS
-};
-
-/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage
- * of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces
- * and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting
- * a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.
- */
-USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM ConfigurationDescriptor =
-{
- .Config =
- {
- .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration},
-
- .TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),
- .TotalInterfaces = 1,
-
- .ConfigurationNumber = 1,
- .ConfigurationStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
-
- .ConfigAttributes = USB_CONFIG_ATTR_BUSPOWERED,
-
- .MaxPowerConsumption = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100)
- },
-
- .MS_Interface =
- {
- .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
-
- .InterfaceNumber = 0,
- .AlternateSetting = 0,
-
- .TotalEndpoints = 2,
-
- .Class = 0x08,
- .SubClass = 0x06,
- .Protocol = 0x50,
-
- .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
- },
-
- .MS_DataInEndpoint =
- {
- .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
-
- .EndpointAddress = (ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_DIR_IN | MASS_STORAGE_IN_EPNUM),
- .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
- .EndpointSize = MASS_STORAGE_IO_EPSIZE,
- .PollingIntervalMS = 0x00
- },
-
- .MS_DataOutEndpoint =
- {
- .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
-
- .EndpointAddress = (ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_DIR_OUT | MASS_STORAGE_OUT_EPNUM),
- .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
- .EndpointSize = MASS_STORAGE_IO_EPSIZE,
- .PollingIntervalMS = 0x00
- }
-};
-
-/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests
- * the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate
- * via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors.
- */
-USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM LanguageString =
-{
- .Header = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(1), .Type = DTYPE_String},
-
- .UnicodeString = {LANGUAGE_ID_ENG}
-};
-
-/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable
- * form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
- * Descriptor.
- */
-USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ManufacturerString =
-{
- .Header = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(11), .Type = DTYPE_String},
-
- .UnicodeString = L"Dean Camera"
-};
-
-/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form,
- * and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
- * Descriptor.
- */
-USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ProductString =
-{
- .Header = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(26), .Type = DTYPE_String},
-
- .UnicodeString = L"LUFA Standalone Programmer"
-};
-
-/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors"
- * documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
- * to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
- * is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
- * USB host.
- */
-uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue, const uint8_t wIndex, void** const DescriptorAddress)
-{
- const uint8_t DescriptorType = (wValue >> 8);
- const uint8_t DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF);
-
- void* Address = NULL;
- uint16_t Size = NO_DESCRIPTOR;
-
- switch (DescriptorType)
- {
- case DTYPE_Device:
- Address = (void*)&DeviceDescriptor;
- Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);
- break;
- case DTYPE_Configuration:
- Address = (void*)&ConfigurationDescriptor;
- Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);
- break;
- case DTYPE_String:
- switch (DescriptorNumber)
- {
- case 0x00:
- Address = (void*)&LanguageString;
- Size = pgm_read_byte(&LanguageString.Header.Size);
- break;
- case 0x01:
- Address = (void*)&ManufacturerString;
- Size = pgm_read_byte(&ManufacturerString.Header.Size);
- break;
- case 0x02:
- Address = (void*)&ProductString;
- Size = pgm_read_byte(&ProductString.Header.Size);
- break;
- }
-
- break;
- }
-
- *DescriptorAddress = Address;
- return Size;
-}
-
-#endif
+/* + LUFA Library + Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010. + + dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com + www.fourwalledcubicle.com +*/ + +/* + Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) + + Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this + software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted + without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in + all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this + permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting + documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in + advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the + software without specific, written prior permission. + + The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this + software, including all implied warranties of merchantability + and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any + special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages + whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether + in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, + arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of + this software. +*/ + +/** \file + * + * USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special + * computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine + * the device's capabilities and functions. + */ + +#include "Descriptors.h" + +#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE) + +/* On some devices, there is a factory set internal serial number which can be automatically sent to the host as + * the device's serial number when the Device Descriptor's .SerialNumStrIndex entry is set to USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL. + * This allows the host to track a device across insertions on different ports, allowing them to retain allocated + * resources like COM port numbers and drivers. On demos using this feature, give a warning on unsupported devices + * so that the user can supply their own serial number descriptor instead or remove the USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL value + * from the Device Descriptor (forcing the host to generate a serial number for each device from the VID, PID and + * port location). + */ +#if (USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL == NO_DESCRIPTOR) + #warning USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL is not available on this AVR - please manually construct a device serial descriptor. +#endif + +/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall + * device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the + * number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration + * process begins. + */ +USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM DeviceDescriptor = +{ + .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device}, + + .USBSpecification = VERSION_BCD(01.10), + .Class = 0xEF, + .SubClass = 0x02, + .Protocol = 0x01, + + .Endpoint0Size = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE, + + .VendorID = 0x03EB, + .ProductID = 0x2063, + .ReleaseNumber = 0x0001, + + .ManufacturerStrIndex = 0x01, + .ProductStrIndex = 0x02, + .SerialNumStrIndex = USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL, + + .NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS +}; + +/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage + * of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces + * and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting + * a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device. + */ +USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM ConfigurationDescriptor = +{ + .Config = + { + .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration}, + + .TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t), + .TotalInterfaces = 1, + + .ConfigurationNumber = 1, + .ConfigurationStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR, + + .ConfigAttributes = USB_CONFIG_ATTR_BUSPOWERED, + + .MaxPowerConsumption = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100) + }, + + .MS_Interface = + { + .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface}, + + .InterfaceNumber = 0, + .AlternateSetting = 0, + + .TotalEndpoints = 2, + + .Class = 0x08, + .SubClass = 0x06, + .Protocol = 0x50, + + .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR + }, + + .MS_DataInEndpoint = + { + .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint}, + + .EndpointAddress = (ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_DIR_IN | MASS_STORAGE_IN_EPNUM), + .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA), + .EndpointSize = MASS_STORAGE_IO_EPSIZE, + .PollingIntervalMS = 0x00 + }, + + .MS_DataOutEndpoint = + { + .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint}, + + .EndpointAddress = (ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_DIR_OUT | MASS_STORAGE_OUT_EPNUM), + .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA), + .EndpointSize = MASS_STORAGE_IO_EPSIZE, + .PollingIntervalMS = 0x00 + } +}; + +/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests + * the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate + * via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors. + */ +USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM LanguageString = +{ + .Header = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(1), .Type = DTYPE_String}, + + .UnicodeString = {LANGUAGE_ID_ENG} +}; + +/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable + * form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device + * Descriptor. + */ +USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ManufacturerString = +{ + .Header = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(11), .Type = DTYPE_String}, + + .UnicodeString = L"Dean Camera" +}; + +/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form, + * and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device + * Descriptor. + */ +USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ProductString = +{ + .Header = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(26), .Type = DTYPE_String}, + + .UnicodeString = L"LUFA Standalone Programmer" +}; + +/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors" + * documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given + * to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function + * is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the + * USB host. + */ +uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue, const uint8_t wIndex, void** const DescriptorAddress) +{ + const uint8_t DescriptorType = (wValue >> 8); + const uint8_t DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF); + + void* Address = NULL; + uint16_t Size = NO_DESCRIPTOR; + + switch (DescriptorType) + { + case DTYPE_Device: + Address = (void*)&DeviceDescriptor; + Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t); + break; + case DTYPE_Configuration: + Address = (void*)&ConfigurationDescriptor; + Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t); + break; + case DTYPE_String: + switch (DescriptorNumber) + { + case 0x00: + Address = (void*)&LanguageString; + Size = pgm_read_byte(&LanguageString.Header.Size); + break; + case 0x01: + Address = (void*)&ManufacturerString; + Size = pgm_read_byte(&ManufacturerString.Header.Size); + break; + case 0x02: + Address = (void*)&ProductString; + Size = pgm_read_byte(&ProductString.Header.Size); + break; + } + + break; + } + + *DescriptorAddress = Address; + return Size; +} + +#endif diff --git a/Projects/Incomplete/StandaloneProgrammer/Descriptors.h b/Projects/Incomplete/StandaloneProgrammer/Descriptors.h index 46a9c8014..440259341 100644 --- a/Projects/Incomplete/StandaloneProgrammer/Descriptors.h +++ b/Projects/Incomplete/StandaloneProgrammer/Descriptors.h @@ -1,88 +1,88 @@ -/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.fourwalledcubicle.com
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *
- * Header file for Descriptors.c.
- */
-
-#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_
-#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include <avr/pgmspace.h>
-
- #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
- #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/MassStorage.h>
- #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/CDC.h>
-
- /* Macros: */
- /** Endpoint number of the CDC device-to-host notification IN endpoint. */
- #define CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPNUM 5
-
- /** Endpoint number of the CDC device-to-host data IN endpoint. */
- #define CDC_TX_EPNUM 1
-
- /** Endpoint number of the CDC host-to-device data OUT endpoint. */
- #define CDC_RX_EPNUM 2
-
- /** Size in bytes of the CDC device-to-host notification IN endpoint. */
- #define CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE 8
-
- /** Size in bytes of the CDC data IN and OUT endpoints. */
- #define CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE 16
-
- /** Endpoint number of the Mass Storage device-to-host data IN endpoint. */
- #define MASS_STORAGE_IN_EPNUM 3
-
- /** Endpoint number of the Mass Storage host-to-device data OUT endpoint. */
- #define MASS_STORAGE_OUT_EPNUM 4
-
- /** Size in bytes of the Mass Storage data endpoints. */
- #define MASS_STORAGE_IO_EPSIZE 64
-
- /* Type Defines: */
- /** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
- * application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
- * vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.
- */
- typedef struct
- {
- USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config;
- USB_Descriptor_Interface_t MS_Interface;
- USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t MS_DataInEndpoint;
- USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t MS_DataOutEndpoint;
- } USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;
-
- /* Function Prototypes: */
- uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue, const uint8_t wIndex, void** const DescriptorAddress)
- ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
-
-#endif
+/* + LUFA Library + Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010. + + dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com + www.fourwalledcubicle.com +*/ + +/* + Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) + + Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this + software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted + without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in + all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this + permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting + documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in + advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the + software without specific, written prior permission. + + The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this + software, including all implied warranties of merchantability + and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any + special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages + whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether + in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, + arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of + this software. +*/ + +/** \file + * + * Header file for Descriptors.c. + */ + +#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_ +#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_ + + /* Includes: */ + #include <avr/pgmspace.h> + + #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h> + #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/MassStorage.h> + #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/CDC.h> + + /* Macros: */ + /** Endpoint number of the CDC device-to-host notification IN endpoint. */ + #define CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPNUM 5 + + /** Endpoint number of the CDC device-to-host data IN endpoint. */ + #define CDC_TX_EPNUM 1 + + /** Endpoint number of the CDC host-to-device data OUT endpoint. */ + #define CDC_RX_EPNUM 2 + + /** Size in bytes of the CDC device-to-host notification IN endpoint. */ + #define CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE 8 + + /** Size in bytes of the CDC data IN and OUT endpoints. */ + #define CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE 16 + + /** Endpoint number of the Mass Storage device-to-host data IN endpoint. */ + #define MASS_STORAGE_IN_EPNUM 3 + + /** Endpoint number of the Mass Storage host-to-device data OUT endpoint. */ + #define MASS_STORAGE_OUT_EPNUM 4 + + /** Size in bytes of the Mass Storage data endpoints. */ + #define MASS_STORAGE_IO_EPSIZE 64 + + /* Type Defines: */ + /** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the + * application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which + * vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host. + */ + typedef struct + { + USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config; + USB_Descriptor_Interface_t MS_Interface; + USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t MS_DataInEndpoint; + USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t MS_DataOutEndpoint; + } USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t; + + /* Function Prototypes: */ + uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue, const uint8_t wIndex, void** const DescriptorAddress) + ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3); + +#endif diff --git a/Projects/Incomplete/StandaloneProgrammer/DiskDevice.c b/Projects/Incomplete/StandaloneProgrammer/DiskDevice.c index 8868733a4..516917cf4 100644 --- a/Projects/Incomplete/StandaloneProgrammer/DiskDevice.c +++ b/Projects/Incomplete/StandaloneProgrammer/DiskDevice.c @@ -1,102 +1,102 @@ -/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.fourwalledcubicle.com
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-#include "DiskDevice.h"
-
-#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
-/** LUFA Mass Storage Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is
- * passed to all Mass Storage Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class
- * within a device can be differentiated from one another.
- */
-USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t DiskDevice_MS_Interface =
- {
- .Config =
- {
- .InterfaceNumber = 0,
-
- .DataINEndpointNumber = MASS_STORAGE_IN_EPNUM,
- .DataINEndpointSize = MASS_STORAGE_IO_EPSIZE,
- .DataINEndpointDoubleBank = false,
-
- .DataOUTEndpointNumber = MASS_STORAGE_OUT_EPNUM,
- .DataOUTEndpointSize = MASS_STORAGE_IO_EPSIZE,
- .DataOUTEndpointDoubleBank = false,
-
- .TotalLUNs = 1,
- },
- };
-
-void DiskDevice_USBTask(void)
-{
- MS_Device_USBTask(&DiskDevice_MS_Interface);
-}
-
-/** Event handler for the library USB Connection event. */
-void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void)
-{
- LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
-}
-
-/** Event handler for the library USB Disconnection event. */
-void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void)
-{
- LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
-}
-
-/** Event handler for the library USB Configuration Changed event. */
-void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void)
-{
- LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
-
- if (!(MS_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(&DiskDevice_MS_Interface)))
- LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
-}
-
-/** Event handler for the library USB Unhandled Control Request event. */
-void EVENT_USB_Device_UnhandledControlRequest(void)
-{
- MS_Device_ProcessControlRequest(&DiskDevice_MS_Interface);
-}
-
-/** Mass Storage class driver callback function the reception of SCSI commands from the host, which must be processed.
- *
- * \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface configuration structure being referenced
- */
-bool CALLBACK_MS_Device_SCSICommandReceived(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo)
-{
- bool CommandSuccess;
-
- LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_BUSY);
- CommandSuccess = SCSI_DecodeSCSICommand(MSInterfaceInfo);
- LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
-
- return CommandSuccess;
-}
-#endif
+/* + LUFA Library + Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010. + + dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com + www.fourwalledcubicle.com +*/ + +/* + Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) + + Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this + software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted + without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in + all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this + permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting + documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in + advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the + software without specific, written prior permission. + + The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this + software, including all implied warranties of merchantability + and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any + special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages + whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether + in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, + arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of + this software. +*/ + +#include "DiskDevice.h" + +#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE) +/** LUFA Mass Storage Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is + * passed to all Mass Storage Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class + * within a device can be differentiated from one another. + */ +USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t DiskDevice_MS_Interface = + { + .Config = + { + .InterfaceNumber = 0, + + .DataINEndpointNumber = MASS_STORAGE_IN_EPNUM, + .DataINEndpointSize = MASS_STORAGE_IO_EPSIZE, + .DataINEndpointDoubleBank = false, + + .DataOUTEndpointNumber = MASS_STORAGE_OUT_EPNUM, + .DataOUTEndpointSize = MASS_STORAGE_IO_EPSIZE, + .DataOUTEndpointDoubleBank = false, + + .TotalLUNs = 1, + }, + }; + +void DiskDevice_USBTask(void) +{ + MS_Device_USBTask(&DiskDevice_MS_Interface); +} + +/** Event handler for the library USB Connection event. */ +void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void) +{ + LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING); +} + +/** Event handler for the library USB Disconnection event. */ +void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void) +{ + LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY); +} + +/** Event handler for the library USB Configuration Changed event. */ +void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void) +{ + LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY); + + if (!(MS_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(&DiskDevice_MS_Interface))) + LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR); +} + +/** Event handler for the library USB Unhandled Control Request event. */ +void EVENT_USB_Device_UnhandledControlRequest(void) +{ + MS_Device_ProcessControlRequest(&DiskDevice_MS_Interface); +} + +/** Mass Storage class driver callback function the reception of SCSI commands from the host, which must be processed. + * + * \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface configuration structure being referenced + */ +bool CALLBACK_MS_Device_SCSICommandReceived(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo) +{ + bool CommandSuccess; + + LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_BUSY); + CommandSuccess = SCSI_DecodeSCSICommand(MSInterfaceInfo); + LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY); + + return CommandSuccess; +} +#endif diff --git a/Projects/Incomplete/StandaloneProgrammer/DiskDevice.h b/Projects/Incomplete/StandaloneProgrammer/DiskDevice.h index 1d7569b1c..85977522b 100644 --- a/Projects/Incomplete/StandaloneProgrammer/DiskDevice.h +++ b/Projects/Incomplete/StandaloneProgrammer/DiskDevice.h @@ -1,61 +1,61 @@ -/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.fourwalledcubicle.com
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *
- * Header file for DiskDevice.c.
- */
-
-#ifndef _DISK_DEVICE_H_
-#define _DISK_DEVICE_H_
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include <avr/io.h>
-
- #include "Descriptors.h"
- #include "StandaloneProgrammer.h"
-
- #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
- #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
- #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/MassStorage.h>
-
- /* Function Prototypes: */
- #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
- void DiskDevice_USBTask(void);
-
- void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void);
- void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void);
- void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void);
- void EVENT_USB_Device_UnhandledControlRequest(void);
-
- bool CALLBACK_MS_Device_SCSICommandReceived(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo);
- #endif
-
-#endif
+/* + LUFA Library + Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010. + + dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com + www.fourwalledcubicle.com +*/ + +/* + Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) + + Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this + software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted + without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in + all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this + permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting + documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in + advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the + software without specific, written prior permission. + + The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this + software, including all implied warranties of merchantability + and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any + special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages + whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether + in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, + arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of + this software. +*/ + +/** \file + * + * Header file for DiskDevice.c. + */ + +#ifndef _DISK_DEVICE_H_ +#define _DISK_DEVICE_H_ + + /* Includes: */ + #include <avr/io.h> + + #include "Descriptors.h" + #include "StandaloneProgrammer.h" + + #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h> + #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h> + #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/MassStorage.h> + + /* Function Prototypes: */ + #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE) + void DiskDevice_USBTask(void); + + void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void); + void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void); + void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void); + void EVENT_USB_Device_UnhandledControlRequest(void); + + bool CALLBACK_MS_Device_SCSICommandReceived(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo); + #endif + +#endif diff --git a/Projects/Incomplete/StandaloneProgrammer/DiskHost.c b/Projects/Incomplete/StandaloneProgrammer/DiskHost.c index e50fc30af..e7831cd71 100644 --- a/Projects/Incomplete/StandaloneProgrammer/DiskHost.c +++ b/Projects/Incomplete/StandaloneProgrammer/DiskHost.c @@ -1,127 +1,127 @@ -/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.fourwalledcubicle.com
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-#include "DiskHost.h"
-
-#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
-/** LUFA Mass Storage Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is
- * passed to all Mass Storage Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class
- * within a device can be differentiated from one another.
- */
-USB_ClassInfo_MS_Host_t DiskHost_MS_Interface =
- {
- .Config =
- {
- .DataINPipeNumber = 1,
- .DataINPipeDoubleBank = false,
-
- .DataOUTPipeNumber = 2,
- .DataOUTPipeDoubleBank = false,
- },
- };
-
-void DiskHost_USBTask(void)
-{
- if (USB_HostState == HOST_STATE_Addressed)
- {
- LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
-
- uint16_t ConfigDescriptorSize;
- uint8_t ConfigDescriptorData[512];
-
- if (USB_Host_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor(1, &ConfigDescriptorSize, ConfigDescriptorData,
- sizeof(ConfigDescriptorData)) != HOST_GETCONFIG_Successful)
- {
- LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
- USB_HostState = HOST_STATE_WaitForDeviceRemoval;
- return;
- }
-
- if (MS_Host_ConfigurePipes(&DiskHost_MS_Interface,
- ConfigDescriptorSize, ConfigDescriptorData) != MS_ENUMERROR_NoError)
- {
- LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
- USB_HostState = HOST_STATE_WaitForDeviceRemoval;
- return;
- }
-
- if (USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(1) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
- {
- LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
- USB_HostState = HOST_STATE_WaitForDeviceRemoval;
- return;
- }
-
- uint8_t MaxLUNIndex;
- if (MS_Host_GetMaxLUN(&DiskHost_MS_Interface, &MaxLUNIndex))
- {
- LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
- USB_HostState = HOST_STATE_WaitForDeviceRemoval;
- return;
- }
-
- if (MS_Host_ResetMSInterface(&DiskHost_MS_Interface))
- {
- LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
- USB_HostState = HOST_STATE_WaitForDeviceRemoval;
- return;
- }
-
- USB_HostState = HOST_STATE_Configured;
-
- /* Note: For the RequestSense call to work, the host state machine must be in the
- * Configured state, or the call will be aborted */
- SCSI_Request_Sense_Response_t SenseData;
- if (MS_Host_RequestSense(&DiskHost_MS_Interface, 0, &SenseData) != 0)
- {
- LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
- USB_HostState = HOST_STATE_WaitForDeviceRemoval;
- return;
- }
-
- pf_mount(&DiskFATState);
-
- LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
- }
-
- MS_Host_USBTask(&DiskHost_MS_Interface);
-}
-
-void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached(void)
-{
- LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
-}
-
-void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached(void)
-{
- LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
-}
-
-#endif
+/* + LUFA Library + Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010. + + dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com + www.fourwalledcubicle.com +*/ + +/* + Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) + + Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this + software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted + without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in + all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this + permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting + documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in + advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the + software without specific, written prior permission. + + The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this + software, including all implied warranties of merchantability + and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any + special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages + whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether + in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, + arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of + this software. +*/ + +#include "DiskHost.h" + +#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST) +/** LUFA Mass Storage Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is + * passed to all Mass Storage Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class + * within a device can be differentiated from one another. + */ +USB_ClassInfo_MS_Host_t DiskHost_MS_Interface = + { + .Config = + { + .DataINPipeNumber = 1, + .DataINPipeDoubleBank = false, + + .DataOUTPipeNumber = 2, + .DataOUTPipeDoubleBank = false, + }, + }; + +void DiskHost_USBTask(void) +{ + if (USB_HostState == HOST_STATE_Addressed) + { + LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING); + + uint16_t ConfigDescriptorSize; + uint8_t ConfigDescriptorData[512]; + + if (USB_Host_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor(1, &ConfigDescriptorSize, ConfigDescriptorData, + sizeof(ConfigDescriptorData)) != HOST_GETCONFIG_Successful) + { + LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR); + USB_HostState = HOST_STATE_WaitForDeviceRemoval; + return; + } + + if (MS_Host_ConfigurePipes(&DiskHost_MS_Interface, + ConfigDescriptorSize, ConfigDescriptorData) != MS_ENUMERROR_NoError) + { + LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR); + USB_HostState = HOST_STATE_WaitForDeviceRemoval; + return; + } + + if (USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(1) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful) + { + LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR); + USB_HostState = HOST_STATE_WaitForDeviceRemoval; + return; + } + + uint8_t MaxLUNIndex; + if (MS_Host_GetMaxLUN(&DiskHost_MS_Interface, &MaxLUNIndex)) + { + LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR); + USB_HostState = HOST_STATE_WaitForDeviceRemoval; + return; + } + + if (MS_Host_ResetMSInterface(&DiskHost_MS_Interface)) + { + LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR); + USB_HostState = HOST_STATE_WaitForDeviceRemoval; + return; + } + + USB_HostState = HOST_STATE_Configured; + + /* Note: For the RequestSense call to work, the host state machine must be in the + * Configured state, or the call will be aborted */ + SCSI_Request_Sense_Response_t SenseData; + if (MS_Host_RequestSense(&DiskHost_MS_Interface, 0, &SenseData) != 0) + { + LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR); + USB_HostState = HOST_STATE_WaitForDeviceRemoval; + return; + } + + pf_mount(&DiskFATState); + + LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY); + } + + MS_Host_USBTask(&DiskHost_MS_Interface); +} + +void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached(void) +{ + LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING); +} + +void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached(void) +{ + LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY); +} + +#endif diff --git a/Projects/Incomplete/StandaloneProgrammer/DiskHost.h b/Projects/Incomplete/StandaloneProgrammer/DiskHost.h index 5e417aefd..72c4f621b 100644 --- a/Projects/Incomplete/StandaloneProgrammer/DiskHost.h +++ b/Projects/Incomplete/StandaloneProgrammer/DiskHost.h @@ -1,62 +1,62 @@ -/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.fourwalledcubicle.com
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *
- * Header file for DiskHost.c.
- */
-
-#ifndef _DISK_HOST_H_
-#define _DISK_HOST_H_
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include <avr/io.h>
-
- #include "Descriptors.h"
- #include "StandaloneProgrammer.h"
-
- #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
- #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
- #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/MassStorage.h>
-
- /* External Variables: */
- #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
- extern USB_ClassInfo_MS_Host_t DiskHost_MS_Interface;
- #endif
-
- /* Function Prototypes: */
- #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
- void DiskHost_USBTask(void);
-
- void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached(void);
- void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached(void);
- #endif
-
-#endif
+/* + LUFA Library + Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010. + + dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com + www.fourwalledcubicle.com +*/ + +/* + Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) + + Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this + software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted + without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in + all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this + permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting + documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in + advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the + software without specific, written prior permission. + + The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this + software, including all implied warranties of merchantability + and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any + special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages + whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether + in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, + arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of + this software. +*/ + +/** \file + * + * Header file for DiskHost.c. + */ + +#ifndef _DISK_HOST_H_ +#define _DISK_HOST_H_ + + /* Includes: */ + #include <avr/io.h> + + #include "Descriptors.h" + #include "StandaloneProgrammer.h" + + #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h> + #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h> + #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/MassStorage.h> + + /* External Variables: */ + #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST) + extern USB_ClassInfo_MS_Host_t DiskHost_MS_Interface; + #endif + + /* Function Prototypes: */ + #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST) + void DiskHost_USBTask(void); + + void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached(void); + void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached(void); + #endif + +#endif diff --git a/Projects/Incomplete/StandaloneProgrammer/Lib/DataflashManager.c b/Projects/Incomplete/StandaloneProgrammer/Lib/DataflashManager.c index 976d9e98e..f54b25be4 100644 --- a/Projects/Incomplete/StandaloneProgrammer/Lib/DataflashManager.c +++ b/Projects/Incomplete/StandaloneProgrammer/Lib/DataflashManager.c @@ -1,527 +1,527 @@ -/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.fourwalledcubicle.com
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *
- * Functions to manage the physical dataflash media, including reading and writing of
- * blocks of data. These functions are called by the SCSI layer when data must be stored
- * or retrieved to/from the physical storage media. If a different media is used (such
- * as a SD card or EEPROM), functions similar to these will need to be generated.
- */
-
-#define INCLUDE_FROM_DATAFLASHMANAGER_C
-#include "DataflashManager.h"
-
-#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
-/** Writes blocks (OS blocks, not Dataflash pages) to the storage medium, the board dataflash IC(s), from
- * the pre-selected data OUT endpoint. This routine reads in OS sized blocks from the endpoint and writes
- * them to the dataflash in Dataflash page sized blocks.
- *
- * \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a Mass Storage Class configuration and state
- * \param[in] BlockAddress Data block starting address for the write sequence
- * \param[in] TotalBlocks Number of blocks of data to write
- */
-void DataflashManager_WriteBlocks(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo, const uint32_t BlockAddress, uint16_t TotalBlocks)
-{
- uint16_t CurrDFPage = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) / DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE);
- uint16_t CurrDFPageByte = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) % DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE);
- uint8_t CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = (CurrDFPageByte >> 4);
- bool UsingSecondBuffer = false;
-
- /* Select the correct starting Dataflash IC for the block requested */
- Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage);
-
-#if (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE > VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE)
- /* Copy selected dataflash's current page contents to the dataflash buffer */
- Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF1);
- Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0);
- Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
-#endif
-
- /* Send the dataflash buffer write command */
- Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_BUFF1WRITE);
- Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(0, CurrDFPageByte);
-
- /* Wait until endpoint is ready before continuing */
- if (Endpoint_WaitUntilReady())
- return;
-
- while (TotalBlocks)
- {
- uint8_t BytesInBlockDiv16 = 0;
-
- /* Write an endpoint packet sized data block to the dataflash */
- while (BytesInBlockDiv16 < (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE >> 4))
- {
- /* Check if the endpoint is currently empty */
- if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
- {
- /* Clear the current endpoint bank */
- Endpoint_ClearOUT();
-
- /* Wait until the host has sent another packet */
- if (Endpoint_WaitUntilReady())
- return;
- }
-
- /* Check if end of dataflash page reached */
- if (CurrDFPageByteDiv16 == (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE >> 4))
- {
- /* Write the dataflash buffer contents back to the dataflash page */
- Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
- Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_BUFF2TOMAINMEMWITHERASE : DF_CMD_BUFF1TOMAINMEMWITHERASE);
- Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0);
-
- /* Reset the dataflash buffer counter, increment the page counter */
- CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = 0;
- CurrDFPage++;
-
- /* Once all the dataflash ICs have had their first buffers filled, switch buffers to maintain throughput */
- if (Dataflash_GetSelectedChip() == DATAFLASH_CHIP_MASK(DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS))
- UsingSecondBuffer = !(UsingSecondBuffer);
-
- /* Select the next dataflash chip based on the new dataflash page index */
- Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage);
-
-#if (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE > VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE)
- /* If less than one dataflash page remaining, copy over the existing page to preserve trailing data */
- if ((TotalBlocks * (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE >> 4)) < (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE >> 4))
- {
- /* Copy selected dataflash's current page contents to the dataflash buffer */
- Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
- Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF2 : DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF1);
- Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0);
- Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
- }
-#endif
-
- /* Send the dataflash buffer write command */
- Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_BUFF2WRITE : DF_CMD_BUFF1WRITE);
- Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(0, 0);
- }
-
- /* Write one 16-byte chunk of data to the dataflash */
- Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_Byte());
- Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_Byte());
- Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_Byte());
- Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_Byte());
- Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_Byte());
- Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_Byte());
- Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_Byte());
- Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_Byte());
- Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_Byte());
- Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_Byte());
- Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_Byte());
- Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_Byte());
- Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_Byte());
- Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_Byte());
- Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_Byte());
- Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_Byte());
-
- /* Increment the dataflash page 16 byte block counter */
- CurrDFPageByteDiv16++;
-
- /* Increment the block 16 byte block counter */
- BytesInBlockDiv16++;
-
- /* Check if the current command is being aborted by the host */
- if (MSInterfaceInfo->State.IsMassStoreReset)
- return;
- }
-
- /* Decrement the blocks remaining counter and reset the sub block counter */
- TotalBlocks--;
- }
-
- /* Write the dataflash buffer contents back to the dataflash page */
- Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
- Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_BUFF2TOMAINMEMWITHERASE : DF_CMD_BUFF1TOMAINMEMWITHERASE);
- Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0x00);
- Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
-
- /* If the endpoint is empty, clear it ready for the next packet from the host */
- if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
- Endpoint_ClearOUT();
-
- /* Deselect all dataflash chips */
- Dataflash_DeselectChip();
-}
-
-/** Reads blocks (OS blocks, not Dataflash pages) from the storage medium, the board dataflash IC(s), into
- * the pre-selected data IN endpoint. This routine reads in Dataflash page sized blocks from the Dataflash
- * and writes them in OS sized blocks to the endpoint.
- *
- * \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a Mass Storage Class configuration and state
- * \param[in] BlockAddress Data block starting address for the read sequence
- * \param[in] TotalBlocks Number of blocks of data to read
- */
-void DataflashManager_ReadBlocks(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo, const uint32_t BlockAddress, uint16_t TotalBlocks)
-{
- uint16_t CurrDFPage = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) / DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE);
- uint16_t CurrDFPageByte = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) % DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE);
- uint8_t CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = (CurrDFPageByte >> 4);
-
- /* Select the correct starting Dataflash IC for the block requested */
- Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage);
-
- /* Send the dataflash main memory page read command */
- Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_MAINMEMPAGEREAD);
- Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, CurrDFPageByte);
- Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
- Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
- Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
- Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
-
- /* Wait until endpoint is ready before continuing */
- if (Endpoint_WaitUntilReady())
- return;
-
- while (TotalBlocks)
- {
- uint8_t BytesInBlockDiv16 = 0;
-
- /* Write an endpoint packet sized data block to the dataflash */
- while (BytesInBlockDiv16 < (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE >> 4))
- {
- /* Check if the endpoint is currently full */
- if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
- {
- /* Clear the endpoint bank to send its contents to the host */
- Endpoint_ClearIN();
-
- /* Wait until the endpoint is ready for more data */
- if (Endpoint_WaitUntilReady())
- return;
- }
-
- /* Check if end of dataflash page reached */
- if (CurrDFPageByteDiv16 == (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE >> 4))
- {
- /* Reset the dataflash buffer counter, increment the page counter */
- CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = 0;
- CurrDFPage++;
-
- /* Select the next dataflash chip based on the new dataflash page index */
- Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage);
-
- /* Send the dataflash main memory page read command */
- Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_MAINMEMPAGEREAD);
- Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0);
- Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
- Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
- Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
- Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
- }
-
- /* Read one 16-byte chunk of data from the dataflash */
- Endpoint_Write_Byte(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
- Endpoint_Write_Byte(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
- Endpoint_Write_Byte(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
- Endpoint_Write_Byte(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
- Endpoint_Write_Byte(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
- Endpoint_Write_Byte(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
- Endpoint_Write_Byte(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
- Endpoint_Write_Byte(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
- Endpoint_Write_Byte(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
- Endpoint_Write_Byte(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
- Endpoint_Write_Byte(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
- Endpoint_Write_Byte(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
- Endpoint_Write_Byte(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
- Endpoint_Write_Byte(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
- Endpoint_Write_Byte(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
- Endpoint_Write_Byte(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
-
- /* Increment the dataflash page 16 byte block counter */
- CurrDFPageByteDiv16++;
-
- /* Increment the block 16 byte block counter */
- BytesInBlockDiv16++;
-
- /* Check if the current command is being aborted by the host */
- if (MSInterfaceInfo->State.IsMassStoreReset)
- return;
- }
-
- /* Decrement the blocks remaining counter */
- TotalBlocks--;
- }
-
- /* If the endpoint is full, send its contents to the host */
- if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
- Endpoint_ClearIN();
-
- /* Deselect all dataflash chips */
- Dataflash_DeselectChip();
-}
-
-/** Writes blocks (OS blocks, not Dataflash pages) to the storage medium, the board dataflash IC(s), from
- * the a given RAM buffer. This routine reads in OS sized blocks from the buffer and writes them to the
- * dataflash in Dataflash page sized blocks. This can be linked to FAT libraries to write files to the
- * dataflash.
- *
- * \param[in] BlockAddress Data block starting address for the write sequence
- * \param[in] TotalBlocks Number of blocks of data to write
- * \param[in] BufferPtr Pointer to the data source RAM buffer
- */
-void DataflashManager_WriteBlocks_RAM(const uint32_t BlockAddress, uint16_t TotalBlocks, const uint8_t* BufferPtr)
-{
- uint16_t CurrDFPage = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) / DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE);
- uint16_t CurrDFPageByte = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) % DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE);
- uint8_t CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = (CurrDFPageByte >> 4);
- bool UsingSecondBuffer = false;
-
- /* Select the correct starting Dataflash IC for the block requested */
- Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage);
-
-#if (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE > VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE)
- /* Copy selected dataflash's current page contents to the dataflash buffer */
- Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF1);
- Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0);
- Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
-#endif
-
- /* Send the dataflash buffer write command */
- Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_BUFF1WRITE);
- Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(0, CurrDFPageByte);
-
- while (TotalBlocks)
- {
- uint8_t BytesInBlockDiv16 = 0;
-
- /* Write an endpoint packet sized data block to the dataflash */
- while (BytesInBlockDiv16 < (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE >> 4))
- {
- /* Check if end of dataflash page reached */
- if (CurrDFPageByteDiv16 == (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE >> 4))
- {
- /* Write the dataflash buffer contents back to the dataflash page */
- Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
- Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_BUFF2TOMAINMEMWITHERASE : DF_CMD_BUFF1TOMAINMEMWITHERASE);
- Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0);
-
- /* Reset the dataflash buffer counter, increment the page counter */
- CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = 0;
- CurrDFPage++;
-
- /* Once all the dataflash ICs have had their first buffers filled, switch buffers to maintain throughput */
- if (Dataflash_GetSelectedChip() == DATAFLASH_CHIP_MASK(DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS))
- UsingSecondBuffer = !(UsingSecondBuffer);
-
- /* Select the next dataflash chip based on the new dataflash page index */
- Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage);
-
-#if (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE > VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE)
- /* If less than one dataflash page remaining, copy over the existing page to preserve trailing data */
- if ((TotalBlocks * (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE >> 4)) < (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE >> 4))
- {
- /* Copy selected dataflash's current page contents to the dataflash buffer */
- Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
- Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF2 : DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF1);
- Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0);
- Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
- }
-#endif
-
- /* Send the dataflash buffer write command */
- Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS();
- Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_BUFF1WRITE);
- Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(0, 0);
- }
-
- /* Write one 16-byte chunk of data to the dataflash */
- for (uint8_t ByteNum = 0; ByteNum < 16; ByteNum++)
- Dataflash_SendByte(*(BufferPtr++));
-
- /* Increment the dataflash page 16 byte block counter */
- CurrDFPageByteDiv16++;
-
- /* Increment the block 16 byte block counter */
- BytesInBlockDiv16++;
- }
-
- /* Decrement the blocks remaining counter and reset the sub block counter */
- TotalBlocks--;
- }
-
- /* Write the dataflash buffer contents back to the dataflash page */
- Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
- Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_BUFF2TOMAINMEMWITHERASE : DF_CMD_BUFF1TOMAINMEMWITHERASE);
- Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0x00);
- Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
-
- /* Deselect all dataflash chips */
- Dataflash_DeselectChip();
-}
-
-/** Reads blocks (OS blocks, not Dataflash pages) from the storage medium, the board dataflash IC(s), into
- * the a preallocated RAM buffer. This routine reads in Dataflash page sized blocks from the Dataflash
- * and writes them in OS sized blocks to the given buffer. This can be linked to FAT libraries to read
- * the files stored on the dataflash.
- *
- * \param[in] BlockAddress Data block starting address for the read sequence
- * \param[in] TotalBlocks Number of blocks of data to read
- * \param[out] BufferPtr Pointer to the data destination RAM buffer
- */
-void DataflashManager_ReadBlocks_RAM(const uint32_t BlockAddress, uint16_t TotalBlocks, uint8_t* BufferPtr)
-{
- uint16_t CurrDFPage = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) / DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE);
- uint16_t CurrDFPageByte = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) % DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE);
- uint8_t CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = (CurrDFPageByte >> 4);
-
- /* Select the correct starting Dataflash IC for the block requested */
- Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage);
-
- /* Send the dataflash main memory page read command */
- Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_MAINMEMPAGEREAD);
- Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, CurrDFPageByte);
- Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
- Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
- Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
- Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
-
- while (TotalBlocks)
- {
- uint8_t BytesInBlockDiv16 = 0;
-
- /* Write an endpoint packet sized data block to the dataflash */
- while (BytesInBlockDiv16 < (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE >> 4))
- {
- /* Check if end of dataflash page reached */
- if (CurrDFPageByteDiv16 == (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE >> 4))
- {
- /* Reset the dataflash buffer counter, increment the page counter */
- CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = 0;
- CurrDFPage++;
-
- /* Select the next dataflash chip based on the new dataflash page index */
- Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage);
-
- /* Send the dataflash main memory page read command */
- Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_MAINMEMPAGEREAD);
- Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0);
- Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
- Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
- Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
- Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
- }
-
- /* Read one 16-byte chunk of data from the dataflash */
- for (uint8_t ByteNum = 0; ByteNum < 16; ByteNum++)
- *(BufferPtr++) = Dataflash_ReceiveByte();
-
- /* Increment the dataflash page 16 byte block counter */
- CurrDFPageByteDiv16++;
-
- /* Increment the block 16 byte block counter */
- BytesInBlockDiv16++;
- }
-
- /* Decrement the blocks remaining counter */
- TotalBlocks--;
- }
-
- /* Deselect all dataflash chips */
- Dataflash_DeselectChip();
-}
-
-/** Disables the dataflash memory write protection bits on the board Dataflash ICs, if enabled. */
-void DataflashManager_ResetDataflashProtections(void)
-{
- /* Select first dataflash chip, send the read status register command */
- Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_CHIP1);
- Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_GETSTATUS);
-
- /* Check if sector protection is enabled */
- if (Dataflash_ReceiveByte() & DF_STATUS_SECTORPROTECTION_ON)
- {
- Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS();
-
- /* Send the commands to disable sector protection */
- Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[0]);
- Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[1]);
- Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[2]);
- Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[3]);
- }
-
- /* Select second dataflash chip (if present on selected board), send read status register command */
- #if (DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS == 2)
- Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_CHIP2);
- Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_GETSTATUS);
-
- /* Check if sector protection is enabled */
- if (Dataflash_ReceiveByte() & DF_STATUS_SECTORPROTECTION_ON)
- {
- Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS();
-
- /* Send the commands to disable sector protection */
- Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[0]);
- Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[1]);
- Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[2]);
- Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[3]);
- }
- #endif
-
- /* Deselect current dataflash chip */
- Dataflash_DeselectChip();
-}
-
-/** Performs a simple test on the attached Dataflash IC(s) to ensure that they are working.
- *
- * \return Boolean true if all media chips are working, false otherwise
- */
-bool DataflashManager_CheckDataflashOperation(void)
-{
- uint8_t ReturnByte;
-
- /* Test first Dataflash IC is present and responding to commands */
- Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_CHIP1);
- Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_READMANUFACTURERDEVICEINFO);
- ReturnByte = Dataflash_ReceiveByte();
- Dataflash_DeselectChip();
-
- /* If returned data is invalid, fail the command */
- if (ReturnByte != DF_MANUFACTURER_ATMEL)
- return false;
-
- #if (DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS == 2)
- /* Test second Dataflash IC is present and responding to commands */
- Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_CHIP2);
- Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_READMANUFACTURERDEVICEINFO);
- ReturnByte = Dataflash_ReceiveByte();
- Dataflash_DeselectChip();
-
- /* If returned data is invalid, fail the command */
- if (ReturnByte != DF_MANUFACTURER_ATMEL)
- return false;
- #endif
-
- return true;
-}
-#endif
+/* + LUFA Library + Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010. + + dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com + www.fourwalledcubicle.com +*/ + +/* + Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) + + Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this + software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted + without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in + all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this + permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting + documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in + advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the + software without specific, written prior permission. + + The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this + software, including all implied warranties of merchantability + and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any + special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages + whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether + in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, + arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of + this software. +*/ + +/** \file + * + * Functions to manage the physical dataflash media, including reading and writing of + * blocks of data. These functions are called by the SCSI layer when data must be stored + * or retrieved to/from the physical storage media. If a different media is used (such + * as a SD card or EEPROM), functions similar to these will need to be generated. + */ + +#define INCLUDE_FROM_DATAFLASHMANAGER_C +#include "DataflashManager.h" + +#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE) +/** Writes blocks (OS blocks, not Dataflash pages) to the storage medium, the board dataflash IC(s), from + * the pre-selected data OUT endpoint. This routine reads in OS sized blocks from the endpoint and writes + * them to the dataflash in Dataflash page sized blocks. + * + * \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a Mass Storage Class configuration and state + * \param[in] BlockAddress Data block starting address for the write sequence + * \param[in] TotalBlocks Number of blocks of data to write + */ +void DataflashManager_WriteBlocks(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo, const uint32_t BlockAddress, uint16_t TotalBlocks) +{ + uint16_t CurrDFPage = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) / DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE); + uint16_t CurrDFPageByte = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) % DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE); + uint8_t CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = (CurrDFPageByte >> 4); + bool UsingSecondBuffer = false; + + /* Select the correct starting Dataflash IC for the block requested */ + Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage); + +#if (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE > VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) + /* Copy selected dataflash's current page contents to the dataflash buffer */ + Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF1); + Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0); + Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy(); +#endif + + /* Send the dataflash buffer write command */ + Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_BUFF1WRITE); + Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(0, CurrDFPageByte); + + /* Wait until endpoint is ready before continuing */ + if (Endpoint_WaitUntilReady()) + return; + + while (TotalBlocks) + { + uint8_t BytesInBlockDiv16 = 0; + + /* Write an endpoint packet sized data block to the dataflash */ + while (BytesInBlockDiv16 < (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE >> 4)) + { + /* Check if the endpoint is currently empty */ + if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed())) + { + /* Clear the current endpoint bank */ + Endpoint_ClearOUT(); + + /* Wait until the host has sent another packet */ + if (Endpoint_WaitUntilReady()) + return; + } + + /* Check if end of dataflash page reached */ + if (CurrDFPageByteDiv16 == (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE >> 4)) + { + /* Write the dataflash buffer contents back to the dataflash page */ + Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy(); + Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_BUFF2TOMAINMEMWITHERASE : DF_CMD_BUFF1TOMAINMEMWITHERASE); + Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0); + + /* Reset the dataflash buffer counter, increment the page counter */ + CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = 0; + CurrDFPage++; + + /* Once all the dataflash ICs have had their first buffers filled, switch buffers to maintain throughput */ + if (Dataflash_GetSelectedChip() == DATAFLASH_CHIP_MASK(DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS)) + UsingSecondBuffer = !(UsingSecondBuffer); + + /* Select the next dataflash chip based on the new dataflash page index */ + Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage); + +#if (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE > VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) + /* If less than one dataflash page remaining, copy over the existing page to preserve trailing data */ + if ((TotalBlocks * (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE >> 4)) < (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE >> 4)) + { + /* Copy selected dataflash's current page contents to the dataflash buffer */ + Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy(); + Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF2 : DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF1); + Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0); + Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy(); + } +#endif + + /* Send the dataflash buffer write command */ + Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_BUFF2WRITE : DF_CMD_BUFF1WRITE); + Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(0, 0); + } + + /* Write one 16-byte chunk of data to the dataflash */ + Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_Byte()); + Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_Byte()); + Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_Byte()); + Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_Byte()); + Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_Byte()); + Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_Byte()); + Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_Byte()); + Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_Byte()); + Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_Byte()); + Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_Byte()); + Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_Byte()); + Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_Byte()); + Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_Byte()); + Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_Byte()); + Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_Byte()); + Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_Byte()); + + /* Increment the dataflash page 16 byte block counter */ + CurrDFPageByteDiv16++; + + /* Increment the block 16 byte block counter */ + BytesInBlockDiv16++; + + /* Check if the current command is being aborted by the host */ + if (MSInterfaceInfo->State.IsMassStoreReset) + return; + } + + /* Decrement the blocks remaining counter and reset the sub block counter */ + TotalBlocks--; + } + + /* Write the dataflash buffer contents back to the dataflash page */ + Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy(); + Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_BUFF2TOMAINMEMWITHERASE : DF_CMD_BUFF1TOMAINMEMWITHERASE); + Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0x00); + Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy(); + + /* If the endpoint is empty, clear it ready for the next packet from the host */ + if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed())) + Endpoint_ClearOUT(); + + /* Deselect all dataflash chips */ + Dataflash_DeselectChip(); +} + +/** Reads blocks (OS blocks, not Dataflash pages) from the storage medium, the board dataflash IC(s), into + * the pre-selected data IN endpoint. This routine reads in Dataflash page sized blocks from the Dataflash + * and writes them in OS sized blocks to the endpoint. + * + * \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a Mass Storage Class configuration and state + * \param[in] BlockAddress Data block starting address for the read sequence + * \param[in] TotalBlocks Number of blocks of data to read + */ +void DataflashManager_ReadBlocks(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo, const uint32_t BlockAddress, uint16_t TotalBlocks) +{ + uint16_t CurrDFPage = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) / DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE); + uint16_t CurrDFPageByte = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) % DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE); + uint8_t CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = (CurrDFPageByte >> 4); + + /* Select the correct starting Dataflash IC for the block requested */ + Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage); + + /* Send the dataflash main memory page read command */ + Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_MAINMEMPAGEREAD); + Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, CurrDFPageByte); + Dataflash_SendByte(0x00); + Dataflash_SendByte(0x00); + Dataflash_SendByte(0x00); + Dataflash_SendByte(0x00); + + /* Wait until endpoint is ready before continuing */ + if (Endpoint_WaitUntilReady()) + return; + + while (TotalBlocks) + { + uint8_t BytesInBlockDiv16 = 0; + + /* Write an endpoint packet sized data block to the dataflash */ + while (BytesInBlockDiv16 < (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE >> 4)) + { + /* Check if the endpoint is currently full */ + if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed())) + { + /* Clear the endpoint bank to send its contents to the host */ + Endpoint_ClearIN(); + + /* Wait until the endpoint is ready for more data */ + if (Endpoint_WaitUntilReady()) + return; + } + + /* Check if end of dataflash page reached */ + if (CurrDFPageByteDiv16 == (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE >> 4)) + { + /* Reset the dataflash buffer counter, increment the page counter */ + CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = 0; + CurrDFPage++; + + /* Select the next dataflash chip based on the new dataflash page index */ + Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage); + + /* Send the dataflash main memory page read command */ + Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_MAINMEMPAGEREAD); + Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0); + Dataflash_SendByte(0x00); + Dataflash_SendByte(0x00); + Dataflash_SendByte(0x00); + Dataflash_SendByte(0x00); + } + + /* Read one 16-byte chunk of data from the dataflash */ + Endpoint_Write_Byte(Dataflash_ReceiveByte()); + Endpoint_Write_Byte(Dataflash_ReceiveByte()); + Endpoint_Write_Byte(Dataflash_ReceiveByte()); + Endpoint_Write_Byte(Dataflash_ReceiveByte()); + Endpoint_Write_Byte(Dataflash_ReceiveByte()); + Endpoint_Write_Byte(Dataflash_ReceiveByte()); + Endpoint_Write_Byte(Dataflash_ReceiveByte()); + Endpoint_Write_Byte(Dataflash_ReceiveByte()); + Endpoint_Write_Byte(Dataflash_ReceiveByte()); + Endpoint_Write_Byte(Dataflash_ReceiveByte()); + Endpoint_Write_Byte(Dataflash_ReceiveByte()); + Endpoint_Write_Byte(Dataflash_ReceiveByte()); + Endpoint_Write_Byte(Dataflash_ReceiveByte()); + Endpoint_Write_Byte(Dataflash_ReceiveByte()); + Endpoint_Write_Byte(Dataflash_ReceiveByte()); + Endpoint_Write_Byte(Dataflash_ReceiveByte()); + + /* Increment the dataflash page 16 byte block counter */ + CurrDFPageByteDiv16++; + + /* Increment the block 16 byte block counter */ + BytesInBlockDiv16++; + + /* Check if the current command is being aborted by the host */ + if (MSInterfaceInfo->State.IsMassStoreReset) + return; + } + + /* Decrement the blocks remaining counter */ + TotalBlocks--; + } + + /* If the endpoint is full, send its contents to the host */ + if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed())) + Endpoint_ClearIN(); + + /* Deselect all dataflash chips */ + Dataflash_DeselectChip(); +} + +/** Writes blocks (OS blocks, not Dataflash pages) to the storage medium, the board dataflash IC(s), from + * the a given RAM buffer. This routine reads in OS sized blocks from the buffer and writes them to the + * dataflash in Dataflash page sized blocks. This can be linked to FAT libraries to write files to the + * dataflash. + * + * \param[in] BlockAddress Data block starting address for the write sequence + * \param[in] TotalBlocks Number of blocks of data to write + * \param[in] BufferPtr Pointer to the data source RAM buffer + */ +void DataflashManager_WriteBlocks_RAM(const uint32_t BlockAddress, uint16_t TotalBlocks, const uint8_t* BufferPtr) +{ + uint16_t CurrDFPage = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) / DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE); + uint16_t CurrDFPageByte = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) % DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE); + uint8_t CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = (CurrDFPageByte >> 4); + bool UsingSecondBuffer = false; + + /* Select the correct starting Dataflash IC for the block requested */ + Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage); + +#if (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE > VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) + /* Copy selected dataflash's current page contents to the dataflash buffer */ + Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF1); + Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0); + Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy(); +#endif + + /* Send the dataflash buffer write command */ + Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_BUFF1WRITE); + Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(0, CurrDFPageByte); + + while (TotalBlocks) + { + uint8_t BytesInBlockDiv16 = 0; + + /* Write an endpoint packet sized data block to the dataflash */ + while (BytesInBlockDiv16 < (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE >> 4)) + { + /* Check if end of dataflash page reached */ + if (CurrDFPageByteDiv16 == (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE >> 4)) + { + /* Write the dataflash buffer contents back to the dataflash page */ + Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy(); + Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_BUFF2TOMAINMEMWITHERASE : DF_CMD_BUFF1TOMAINMEMWITHERASE); + Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0); + + /* Reset the dataflash buffer counter, increment the page counter */ + CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = 0; + CurrDFPage++; + + /* Once all the dataflash ICs have had their first buffers filled, switch buffers to maintain throughput */ + if (Dataflash_GetSelectedChip() == DATAFLASH_CHIP_MASK(DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS)) + UsingSecondBuffer = !(UsingSecondBuffer); + + /* Select the next dataflash chip based on the new dataflash page index */ + Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage); + +#if (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE > VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) + /* If less than one dataflash page remaining, copy over the existing page to preserve trailing data */ + if ((TotalBlocks * (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE >> 4)) < (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE >> 4)) + { + /* Copy selected dataflash's current page contents to the dataflash buffer */ + Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy(); + Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF2 : DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF1); + Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0); + Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy(); + } +#endif + + /* Send the dataflash buffer write command */ + Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS(); + Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_BUFF1WRITE); + Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(0, 0); + } + + /* Write one 16-byte chunk of data to the dataflash */ + for (uint8_t ByteNum = 0; ByteNum < 16; ByteNum++) + Dataflash_SendByte(*(BufferPtr++)); + + /* Increment the dataflash page 16 byte block counter */ + CurrDFPageByteDiv16++; + + /* Increment the block 16 byte block counter */ + BytesInBlockDiv16++; + } + + /* Decrement the blocks remaining counter and reset the sub block counter */ + TotalBlocks--; + } + + /* Write the dataflash buffer contents back to the dataflash page */ + Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy(); + Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_BUFF2TOMAINMEMWITHERASE : DF_CMD_BUFF1TOMAINMEMWITHERASE); + Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0x00); + Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy(); + + /* Deselect all dataflash chips */ + Dataflash_DeselectChip(); +} + +/** Reads blocks (OS blocks, not Dataflash pages) from the storage medium, the board dataflash IC(s), into + * the a preallocated RAM buffer. This routine reads in Dataflash page sized blocks from the Dataflash + * and writes them in OS sized blocks to the given buffer. This can be linked to FAT libraries to read + * the files stored on the dataflash. + * + * \param[in] BlockAddress Data block starting address for the read sequence + * \param[in] TotalBlocks Number of blocks of data to read + * \param[out] BufferPtr Pointer to the data destination RAM buffer + */ +void DataflashManager_ReadBlocks_RAM(const uint32_t BlockAddress, uint16_t TotalBlocks, uint8_t* BufferPtr) +{ + uint16_t CurrDFPage = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) / DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE); + uint16_t CurrDFPageByte = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) % DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE); + uint8_t CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = (CurrDFPageByte >> 4); + + /* Select the correct starting Dataflash IC for the block requested */ + Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage); + + /* Send the dataflash main memory page read command */ + Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_MAINMEMPAGEREAD); + Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, CurrDFPageByte); + Dataflash_SendByte(0x00); + Dataflash_SendByte(0x00); + Dataflash_SendByte(0x00); + Dataflash_SendByte(0x00); + + while (TotalBlocks) + { + uint8_t BytesInBlockDiv16 = 0; + + /* Write an endpoint packet sized data block to the dataflash */ + while (BytesInBlockDiv16 < (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE >> 4)) + { + /* Check if end of dataflash page reached */ + if (CurrDFPageByteDiv16 == (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE >> 4)) + { + /* Reset the dataflash buffer counter, increment the page counter */ + CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = 0; + CurrDFPage++; + + /* Select the next dataflash chip based on the new dataflash page index */ + Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage); + + /* Send the dataflash main memory page read command */ + Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_MAINMEMPAGEREAD); + Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0); + Dataflash_SendByte(0x00); + Dataflash_SendByte(0x00); + Dataflash_SendByte(0x00); + Dataflash_SendByte(0x00); + } + + /* Read one 16-byte chunk of data from the dataflash */ + for (uint8_t ByteNum = 0; ByteNum < 16; ByteNum++) + *(BufferPtr++) = Dataflash_ReceiveByte(); + + /* Increment the dataflash page 16 byte block counter */ + CurrDFPageByteDiv16++; + + /* Increment the block 16 byte block counter */ + BytesInBlockDiv16++; + } + + /* Decrement the blocks remaining counter */ + TotalBlocks--; + } + + /* Deselect all dataflash chips */ + Dataflash_DeselectChip(); +} + +/** Disables the dataflash memory write protection bits on the board Dataflash ICs, if enabled. */ +void DataflashManager_ResetDataflashProtections(void) +{ + /* Select first dataflash chip, send the read status register command */ + Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_CHIP1); + Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_GETSTATUS); + + /* Check if sector protection is enabled */ + if (Dataflash_ReceiveByte() & DF_STATUS_SECTORPROTECTION_ON) + { + Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS(); + + /* Send the commands to disable sector protection */ + Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[0]); + Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[1]); + Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[2]); + Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[3]); + } + + /* Select second dataflash chip (if present on selected board), send read status register command */ + #if (DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS == 2) + Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_CHIP2); + Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_GETSTATUS); + + /* Check if sector protection is enabled */ + if (Dataflash_ReceiveByte() & DF_STATUS_SECTORPROTECTION_ON) + { + Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS(); + + /* Send the commands to disable sector protection */ + Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[0]); + Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[1]); + Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[2]); + Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[3]); + } + #endif + + /* Deselect current dataflash chip */ + Dataflash_DeselectChip(); +} + +/** Performs a simple test on the attached Dataflash IC(s) to ensure that they are working. + * + * \return Boolean true if all media chips are working, false otherwise + */ +bool DataflashManager_CheckDataflashOperation(void) +{ + uint8_t ReturnByte; + + /* Test first Dataflash IC is present and responding to commands */ + Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_CHIP1); + Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_READMANUFACTURERDEVICEINFO); + ReturnByte = Dataflash_ReceiveByte(); + Dataflash_DeselectChip(); + + /* If returned data is invalid, fail the command */ + if (ReturnByte != DF_MANUFACTURER_ATMEL) + return false; + + #if (DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS == 2) + /* Test second Dataflash IC is present and responding to commands */ + Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_CHIP2); + Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_READMANUFACTURERDEVICEINFO); + ReturnByte = Dataflash_ReceiveByte(); + Dataflash_DeselectChip(); + + /* If returned data is invalid, fail the command */ + if (ReturnByte != DF_MANUFACTURER_ATMEL) + return false; + #endif + + return true; +} +#endif diff --git a/Projects/Incomplete/StandaloneProgrammer/Lib/DataflashManager.h b/Projects/Incomplete/StandaloneProgrammer/Lib/DataflashManager.h index a67f533d6..8f62219ca 100644 --- a/Projects/Incomplete/StandaloneProgrammer/Lib/DataflashManager.h +++ b/Projects/Incomplete/StandaloneProgrammer/Lib/DataflashManager.h @@ -1,82 +1,82 @@ -/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.fourwalledcubicle.com
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *
- * Header file for DataflashManager.c.
- */
-
-#ifndef _DATAFLASH_MANAGER_H_
-#define _DATAFLASH_MANAGER_H_
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include <avr/io.h>
-
- #include "StandaloneProgrammer.h"
- #include "Descriptors.h"
-
- #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
- #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/MassStorage.h>
- #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Dataflash.h>
-
- /* Preprocessor Checks: */
- #if (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE % 16)
- #error Dataflash page size must be a multiple of 16 bytes.
- #endif
-
- /* Defines: */
- /** Total number of bytes of the storage medium, comprised of one or more dataflash ICs. */
- #define VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BYTES ((uint32_t)DATAFLASH_PAGES * DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE * DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS)
-
- /** Block size of the device. This is kept at 512 to remain compatible with the OS despite the underlying
- * storage media (Dataflash) using a different native block size. Do not change this value.
- */
- #define VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE 512
-
- /** Total number of blocks of the virtual memory for reporting to the host as the device's total capacity. Do not
- * change this value; change VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BYTES instead to alter the media size.
- */
- #define VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCKS (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BYTES / VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE)
-
- /* Function Prototypes: */
- #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
- void DataflashManager_WriteBlocks(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo, const uint32_t BlockAddress,
- uint16_t TotalBlocks);
- void DataflashManager_ReadBlocks(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo, const uint32_t BlockAddress,
- uint16_t TotalBlocks);
- void DataflashManager_WriteBlocks_RAM(const uint32_t BlockAddress, uint16_t TotalBlocks,
- const uint8_t* BufferPtr) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
- void DataflashManager_ReadBlocks_RAM(const uint32_t BlockAddress, uint16_t TotalBlocks,
- uint8_t* BufferPtr) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
- void DataflashManager_ResetDataflashProtections(void);
- bool DataflashManager_CheckDataflashOperation(void);
- #endif
-
-#endif
+/* + LUFA Library + Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010. + + dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com + www.fourwalledcubicle.com +*/ + +/* + Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) + + Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this + software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted + without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in + all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this + permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting + documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in + advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the + software without specific, written prior permission. + + The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this + software, including all implied warranties of merchantability + and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any + special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages + whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether + in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, + arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of + this software. +*/ + +/** \file + * + * Header file for DataflashManager.c. + */ + +#ifndef _DATAFLASH_MANAGER_H_ +#define _DATAFLASH_MANAGER_H_ + + /* Includes: */ + #include <avr/io.h> + + #include "StandaloneProgrammer.h" + #include "Descriptors.h" + + #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h> + #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/MassStorage.h> + #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Dataflash.h> + + /* Preprocessor Checks: */ + #if (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE % 16) + #error Dataflash page size must be a multiple of 16 bytes. + #endif + + /* Defines: */ + /** Total number of bytes of the storage medium, comprised of one or more dataflash ICs. */ + #define VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BYTES ((uint32_t)DATAFLASH_PAGES * DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE * DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS) + + /** Block size of the device. This is kept at 512 to remain compatible with the OS despite the underlying + * storage media (Dataflash) using a different native block size. Do not change this value. + */ + #define VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE 512 + + /** Total number of blocks of the virtual memory for reporting to the host as the device's total capacity. Do not + * change this value; change VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BYTES instead to alter the media size. + */ + #define VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCKS (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BYTES / VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) + + /* Function Prototypes: */ + #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE) + void DataflashManager_WriteBlocks(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo, const uint32_t BlockAddress, + uint16_t TotalBlocks); + void DataflashManager_ReadBlocks(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo, const uint32_t BlockAddress, + uint16_t TotalBlocks); + void DataflashManager_WriteBlocks_RAM(const uint32_t BlockAddress, uint16_t TotalBlocks, + const uint8_t* BufferPtr) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3); + void DataflashManager_ReadBlocks_RAM(const uint32_t BlockAddress, uint16_t TotalBlocks, + uint8_t* BufferPtr) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3); + void DataflashManager_ResetDataflashProtections(void); + bool DataflashManager_CheckDataflashOperation(void); + #endif + +#endif diff --git a/Projects/Incomplete/StandaloneProgrammer/Lib/PetiteFATFs/00readme.txt b/Projects/Incomplete/StandaloneProgrammer/Lib/PetiteFATFs/00readme.txt index 0703d5925..ee8effcf4 100644 --- a/Projects/Incomplete/StandaloneProgrammer/Lib/PetiteFATFs/00readme.txt +++ b/Projects/Incomplete/StandaloneProgrammer/Lib/PetiteFATFs/00readme.txt @@ -1,36 +1,36 @@ -Petit FatFs Module Source Files R0.01a (C)ChaN, 2010
-
-
-FILES
-
- pff.h Common include file for Petit FatFs and application module.
- pff.c Petit FatFs module.
- diskio.h Common include file for Petit FatFs and disk I/O module.
- diskio.c Skeleton of low level disk I/O module.
- integer.h Alternative type definitions for integer variables.
-
- Low level disk I/O module is not included in this archive because the Petit
- FatFs module is only a generic file system layer and not depend on any
- specific storage device. You have to provide a low level disk I/O module that
- written to control your storage device.
-
-
-
-AGREEMENTS
-
- Petit FatFs module is an open source software to implement FAT file system to
- small embedded systems. This is a free software and is opened for education,
- research and commercial developments under license policy of following trems.
-
- Copyright (C) 2010, ChaN, all right reserved.
-
- * The Petit FatFs module is a free software and there is NO WARRANTY.
- * No restriction on use. You can use, modify and redistribute it for
- personal, non-profit or commercial use UNDER YOUR RESPONSIBILITY.
- * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice.
-
-
-
-REVISION HISTORY
-
- Jun 15, 2010 R0.01a First release (Branched from FatFs R0.07b)
+Petit FatFs Module Source Files R0.01a (C)ChaN, 2010 + + +FILES + + pff.h Common include file for Petit FatFs and application module. + pff.c Petit FatFs module. + diskio.h Common include file for Petit FatFs and disk I/O module. + diskio.c Skeleton of low level disk I/O module. + integer.h Alternative type definitions for integer variables. + + Low level disk I/O module is not included in this archive because the Petit + FatFs module is only a generic file system layer and not depend on any + specific storage device. You have to provide a low level disk I/O module that + written to control your storage device. + + + +AGREEMENTS + + Petit FatFs module is an open source software to implement FAT file system to + small embedded systems. This is a free software and is opened for education, + research and commercial developments under license policy of following trems. + + Copyright (C) 2010, ChaN, all right reserved. + + * The Petit FatFs module is a free software and there is NO WARRANTY. + * No restriction on use. You can use, modify and redistribute it for + personal, non-profit or commercial use UNDER YOUR RESPONSIBILITY. + * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice. + + + +REVISION HISTORY + + Jun 15, 2010 R0.01a First release (Branched from FatFs R0.07b) diff --git a/Projects/Incomplete/StandaloneProgrammer/Lib/PetiteFATFs/diskio.c b/Projects/Incomplete/StandaloneProgrammer/Lib/PetiteFATFs/diskio.c index c0393dd84..47e73159f 100644 --- a/Projects/Incomplete/StandaloneProgrammer/Lib/PetiteFATFs/diskio.c +++ b/Projects/Incomplete/StandaloneProgrammer/Lib/PetiteFATFs/diskio.c @@ -1,57 +1,57 @@ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Low level disk I/O module skeleton for Petit FatFs (C)ChaN, 2010 */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#include "diskio.h"
-
-#include <string.h>
-#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/MassStorage.h>
-#include "../DataflashManager.h"
-#include "../../DiskHost.h"
-
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Initialize Disk Drive */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-DSTATUS disk_initialize (void)
-{
- return RES_OK;
-}
-
-
-
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Read Partial Sector */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-DRESULT disk_readp (
- void* dest, /* Pointer to the destination object */
- DWORD sector, /* Sector number (LBA) */
- WORD sofs, /* Offset in the sector */
- WORD count /* Byte count (bit15:destination) */
-)
-{
- DRESULT ErrorCode = RES_OK;
- uint8_t BlockTemp[512];
-
- if (USB_CurrentMode == USB_MODE_HOST)
- {
- #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
- if (USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured)
- ErrorCode = RES_NOTRDY;
- else if (MS_Host_ReadDeviceBlocks(&DiskHost_MS_Interface, 0, sector, 1, 512, BlockTemp))
- ErrorCode = RES_ERROR;
- #endif
- }
- else
- {
- #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
- DataflashManager_ReadBlocks_RAM(sector, 1, BlockTemp);
- #endif
- }
-
- memcpy(dest, &BlockTemp[sofs], count);
-
- return ErrorCode;
-}
-
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Low level disk I/O module skeleton for Petit FatFs (C)ChaN, 2010 */ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#include "diskio.h" + +#include <string.h> +#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/MassStorage.h> +#include "../DataflashManager.h" +#include "../../DiskHost.h" + +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Initialize Disk Drive */ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +DSTATUS disk_initialize (void) +{ + return RES_OK; +} + + + +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Read Partial Sector */ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +DRESULT disk_readp ( + void* dest, /* Pointer to the destination object */ + DWORD sector, /* Sector number (LBA) */ + WORD sofs, /* Offset in the sector */ + WORD count /* Byte count (bit15:destination) */ +) +{ + DRESULT ErrorCode = RES_OK; + uint8_t BlockTemp[512]; + + if (USB_CurrentMode == USB_MODE_HOST) + { + #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST) + if (USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) + ErrorCode = RES_NOTRDY; + else if (MS_Host_ReadDeviceBlocks(&DiskHost_MS_Interface, 0, sector, 1, 512, BlockTemp)) + ErrorCode = RES_ERROR; + #endif + } + else + { + #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE) + DataflashManager_ReadBlocks_RAM(sector, 1, BlockTemp); + #endif + } + + memcpy(dest, &BlockTemp[sofs], count); + + return ErrorCode; +} + diff --git a/Projects/Incomplete/StandaloneProgrammer/Lib/PetiteFATFs/diskio.h b/Projects/Incomplete/StandaloneProgrammer/Lib/PetiteFATFs/diskio.h index 7caa7f44f..4e9aa76f4 100644 --- a/Projects/Incomplete/StandaloneProgrammer/Lib/PetiteFATFs/diskio.h +++ b/Projects/Incomplete/StandaloneProgrammer/Lib/PetiteFATFs/diskio.h @@ -1,36 +1,36 @@ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------
-/ PFF - Low level disk interface modlue include file (C)ChaN, 2010
-/-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#ifndef _DISKIO
-
-#include "integer.h"
-
-
-/* Status of Disk Functions */
-typedef BYTE DSTATUS;
-
-
-/* Results of Disk Functions */
-typedef enum {
- RES_OK = 0, /* 0: Function succeeded */
- RES_ERROR, /* 1: Disk error */
- RES_STRERR, /* 2: Seream error */
- RES_NOTRDY, /* 3: Not ready */
- RES_PARERR /* 4: Invalid parameter */
-} DRESULT;
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------*/
-/* Prototypes for disk control functions */
-
-DSTATUS disk_initialize (void);
-DRESULT disk_readp (void*, DWORD, WORD, WORD);
-
-BOOL assign_drives (int argc, char *argv[]);
-
-#define STA_NOINIT 0x01 /* Drive not initialized */
-#define STA_NODISK 0x02 /* No medium in the drive */
-
-#define _DISKIO
-#endif
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------- +/ PFF - Low level disk interface modlue include file (C)ChaN, 2010 +/-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#ifndef _DISKIO + +#include "integer.h" + + +/* Status of Disk Functions */ +typedef BYTE DSTATUS; + + +/* Results of Disk Functions */ +typedef enum { + RES_OK = 0, /* 0: Function succeeded */ + RES_ERROR, /* 1: Disk error */ + RES_STRERR, /* 2: Seream error */ + RES_NOTRDY, /* 3: Not ready */ + RES_PARERR /* 4: Invalid parameter */ +} DRESULT; + + +/*---------------------------------------*/ +/* Prototypes for disk control functions */ + +DSTATUS disk_initialize (void); +DRESULT disk_readp (void*, DWORD, WORD, WORD); + +BOOL assign_drives (int argc, char *argv[]); + +#define STA_NOINIT 0x01 /* Drive not initialized */ +#define STA_NODISK 0x02 /* No medium in the drive */ + +#define _DISKIO +#endif diff --git a/Projects/Incomplete/StandaloneProgrammer/Lib/PetiteFATFs/integer.h b/Projects/Incomplete/StandaloneProgrammer/Lib/PetiteFATFs/integer.h index 1d6bac368..851a78da2 100644 --- a/Projects/Incomplete/StandaloneProgrammer/Lib/PetiteFATFs/integer.h +++ b/Projects/Incomplete/StandaloneProgrammer/Lib/PetiteFATFs/integer.h @@ -1,37 +1,37 @@ -/*-------------------------------------------*/
-/* Integer type definitions for FatFs module */
-/*-------------------------------------------*/
-
-#ifndef _INTEGER
-
-#if 0
-#include <windows.h>
-#else
-
-/* These types must be 16-bit, 32-bit or larger integer */
-typedef int INT;
-typedef unsigned int UINT;
-
-/* These types must be 8-bit integer */
-typedef signed char CHAR;
-typedef unsigned char UCHAR;
-typedef unsigned char BYTE;
-
-/* These types must be 16-bit integer */
-typedef short SHORT;
-typedef unsigned short USHORT;
-typedef unsigned short WORD;
-typedef unsigned short WCHAR;
-
-/* These types must be 32-bit integer */
-typedef long LONG;
-typedef unsigned long ULONG;
-typedef unsigned long DWORD;
-
-/* Boolean type */
-typedef enum { FALSE = 0, TRUE } BOOL;
-
-#endif
-
-#define _INTEGER
-#endif
+/*-------------------------------------------*/ +/* Integer type definitions for FatFs module */ +/*-------------------------------------------*/ + +#ifndef _INTEGER + +#if 0 +#include <windows.h> +#else + +/* These types must be 16-bit, 32-bit or larger integer */ +typedef int INT; +typedef unsigned int UINT; + +/* These types must be 8-bit integer */ +typedef signed char CHAR; +typedef unsigned char UCHAR; +typedef unsigned char BYTE; + +/* These types must be 16-bit integer */ +typedef short SHORT; +typedef unsigned short USHORT; +typedef unsigned short WORD; +typedef unsigned short WCHAR; + +/* These types must be 32-bit integer */ +typedef long LONG; +typedef unsigned long ULONG; +typedef unsigned long DWORD; + +/* Boolean type */ +typedef enum { FALSE = 0, TRUE } BOOL; + +#endif + +#define _INTEGER +#endif diff --git a/Projects/Incomplete/StandaloneProgrammer/Lib/PetiteFATFs/pff.c b/Projects/Incomplete/StandaloneProgrammer/Lib/PetiteFATFs/pff.c index 54c1d2406..b7b7fb8cb 100644 --- a/Projects/Incomplete/StandaloneProgrammer/Lib/PetiteFATFs/pff.c +++ b/Projects/Incomplete/StandaloneProgrammer/Lib/PetiteFATFs/pff.c @@ -1,777 +1,777 @@ -/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------/
-/ Petit FatFs - FAT file system module R0.01a (C)ChaN, 2010
-/-----------------------------------------------------------------------------/
-/ Petit FatFs module is an open source software to implement FAT file system to
-/ small embedded systems. This is a free software and is opened for education,
-/ research and commercial developments under license policy of following trems.
-/
-/ Copyright (C) 2010, ChaN, all right reserved.
-/
-/ * The Petit FatFs module is a free software and there is NO WARRANTY.
-/ * No restriction on use. You can use, modify and redistribute it for
-/ personal, non-profit or commercial use UNDER YOUR RESPONSIBILITY.
-/ * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice.
-/
-/-----------------------------------------------------------------------------/
-/ Jun 15,'09 R0.01a Branched from FatFs R0.07b
-/----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#include "pff.h" /* Petit FatFs configurations and declarations */
-#include "diskio.h" /* Declarations of low level disk I/O functions */
-
-
-/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
- Private Work Area
-
----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-static
-FATFS *FatFs; /* Pointer to the file system object (logical drive) */
-
-
-/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
- Private Functions
-
----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* String functions */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-/* Fill memory */
-static
-void mem_set (void* dst, int val, int cnt) {
- char *d = (char*)dst;
- while (cnt--) *d++ = (char)val;
-}
-
-/* Compare memory to memory */
-static
-int mem_cmp (const void* dst, const void* src, int cnt) {
- const char *d = (const char *)dst, *s = (const char *)src;
- int r = 0;
- while (cnt-- && (r = *d++ - *s++) == 0) ;
- return r;
-}
-
-/* Check if chr is contained in the string */
-static
-int chk_chr (const char* str, int chr) {
- while (*str && *str != chr) str++;
- return *str;
-}
-
-
-
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* FAT access - Read value of a FAT entry */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-static
-CLUST get_fat ( /* 1:IO error, Else:Cluster status */
- CLUST clst /* Cluster# to get the link information */
-)
-{
- WORD wc, bc, ofs;
- BYTE buf[4];
- FATFS *fs = FatFs;
-
-
- if (clst < 2 || clst >= fs->max_clust) /* Range check */
- return 1;
-
- switch (fs->fs_type) {
- case FS_FAT12 :
- bc = (WORD)clst; bc += bc / 2;
- ofs = bc % 512; bc /= 512;
- if (ofs != 511) {
- if (disk_readp(buf, fs->fatbase + bc, ofs, 2)) break;
- } else {
- if (disk_readp(buf, fs->fatbase + bc, 511, 1)) break;
- if (disk_readp(buf+1, fs->fatbase + bc + 1, 0, 1)) break;
- }
- wc = LD_WORD(buf);
- return (clst & 1) ? (wc >> 4) : (wc & 0xFFF);
-
- case FS_FAT16 :
- if (disk_readp(buf, fs->fatbase + clst / 256, (WORD)(((WORD)clst % 256) * 2), 2)) break;
- return LD_WORD(buf);
-#if _FS_FAT32
- case FS_FAT32 :
- if (disk_readp(buf, fs->fatbase + clst / 128, (WORD)(((WORD)clst % 128) * 4), 4)) break;
- return LD_DWORD(buf) & 0x0FFFFFFF;
-#endif
- }
-
- return 1; /* An error occured at the disk I/O layer */
-}
-
-
-
-
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Get sector# from cluster# */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-static
-DWORD clust2sect ( /* !=0: Sector number, 0: Failed - invalid cluster# */
- CLUST clst /* Cluster# to be converted */
-)
-{
- FATFS *fs = FatFs;
-
-
- clst -= 2;
- if (clst >= (fs->max_clust - 2)) return 0; /* Invalid cluster# */
- return (DWORD)clst * fs->csize + fs->database;
-}
-
-
-
-
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Directory handling - Rewind directory index */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-static
-FRESULT dir_rewind (
- DIR *dj /* Pointer to directory object */
-)
-{
- CLUST clst;
- FATFS *fs = FatFs;
-
-
- dj->index = 0;
- clst = dj->sclust;
- if (clst == 1 || clst >= fs->max_clust) /* Check start cluster range */
- return FR_DISK_ERR;
-#if _FS_FAT32
- if (!clst && fs->fs_type == FS_FAT32) /* Replace cluster# 0 with root cluster# if in FAT32 */
- clst = fs->dirbase;
-#endif
- dj->clust = clst; /* Current cluster */
- dj->sect = clst ? clust2sect(clst) : fs->dirbase; /* Current sector */
-
- return FR_OK; /* Seek succeeded */
-}
-
-
-
-
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Directory handling - Move directory index next */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-static
-FRESULT dir_next ( /* FR_OK:Succeeded, FR_NO_FILE:End of table, FR_DENIED:EOT and could not streach */
- DIR *dj /* Pointer to directory object */
-)
-{
- CLUST clst;
- WORD i;
- FATFS *fs = FatFs;
-
-
- i = dj->index + 1;
- if (!i || !dj->sect) /* Report EOT when index has reached 65535 */
- return FR_NO_FILE;
-
- if (!(i & (16-1))) { /* Sector changed? */
- dj->sect++; /* Next sector */
-
- if (dj->clust == 0) { /* Static table */
- if (i >= fs->n_rootdir) /* Report EOT when end of table */
- return FR_NO_FILE;
- }
- else { /* Dynamic table */
- if (((i / 16) & (fs->csize-1)) == 0) { /* Cluster changed? */
- clst = get_fat(dj->clust); /* Get next cluster */
- if (clst <= 1) return FR_DISK_ERR;
- if (clst >= fs->max_clust) /* When it reached end of dynamic table */
- return FR_NO_FILE; /* Report EOT */
- dj->clust = clst; /* Initialize data for new cluster */
- dj->sect = clust2sect(clst);
- }
- }
- }
-
- dj->index = i;
-
- return FR_OK;
-}
-
-
-
-
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Directory handling - Find an object in the directory */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-static
-FRESULT dir_find (
- DIR *dj /* Pointer to the directory object linked to the file name */
-)
-{
- FRESULT res;
- BYTE c, *dir;
-
-
- res = dir_rewind(dj); /* Rewind directory object */
- if (res != FR_OK) return res;
-
- dir = FatFs->buf;
- do {
- res = disk_readp(dir, dj->sect, (WORD)((dj->index % 16) * 32), 32) /* Read an entry */
- ? FR_DISK_ERR : FR_OK;
- if (res != FR_OK) break;
- c = dir[DIR_Name]; /* First character */
- if (c == 0) { res = FR_NO_FILE; break; } /* Reached to end of table */
- if (!(dir[DIR_Attr] & AM_VOL) && !mem_cmp(dir, dj->fn, 11)) /* Is it a valid entry? */
- break;
- res = dir_next(dj); /* Next entry */
- } while (res == FR_OK);
-
- return res;
-}
-
-
-
-
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Read an object from the directory */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-#if _USE_DIR
-static
-FRESULT dir_read (
- DIR *dj /* Pointer to the directory object to store read object name */
-)
-{
- FRESULT res;
- BYTE a, c, *dir;
-
-
- res = FR_NO_FILE;
- while (dj->sect) {
- dir = FatFs->buf;
- res = disk_readp(dir, dj->sect, (WORD)((dj->index % 16) * 32), 32) /* Read an entry */
- ? FR_DISK_ERR : FR_OK;
- if (res != FR_OK) break;
- c = dir[DIR_Name];
- if (c == 0) { res = FR_NO_FILE; break; } /* Reached to end of table */
- a = dir[DIR_Attr] & AM_MASK;
- if (c != 0xE5 && c != '.' && !(a & AM_VOL)) /* Is it a valid entry? */
- break;
- res = dir_next(dj); /* Next entry */
- if (res != FR_OK) break;
- }
-
- if (res != FR_OK) dj->sect = 0;
-
- return res;
-}
-#endif
-
-
-
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Pick a segment and create the object name in directory form */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-
-static
-FRESULT create_name (
- DIR *dj, /* Pointer to the directory object */
- const char **path /* Pointer to pointer to the segment in the path string */
-)
-{
- BYTE c, ni, si, i, *sfn;
- const char *p;
-
- /* Create file name in directory form */
- sfn = dj->fn;
- mem_set(sfn, ' ', 11);
- si = i = 0; ni = 8;
- p = *path;
- for (;;) {
- c = p[si++];
- if (c < ' ' || c == '/') break; /* Break on end of segment */
- if (c == '.' || i >= ni) {
- if (ni != 8 || c != '.') return FR_INVALID_NAME;
- i = 8; ni = 11;
- continue;
- }
- if (c >= 0x7F || chk_chr(" +,;[=\\]\"*:<>\?|", c)) /* Reject unallowable chrs for SFN */
- return FR_INVALID_NAME;
- if (c >='a' && c <= 'z') c -= 0x20;
- sfn[i++] = c;
- }
- if (!i) return FR_INVALID_NAME; /* Reject null string */
- *path = &p[si]; /* Rerurn pointer to the next segment */
-
- sfn[11] = (c < ' ') ? 1 : 0; /* Set last segment flag if end of path */
-
- return FR_OK;
-}
-
-
-
-
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Get file information from directory entry */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-#if _USE_DIR
-static
-void get_fileinfo ( /* No return code */
- DIR *dj, /* Pointer to the directory object */
- FILINFO *fno /* Pointer to store the file information */
-)
-{
- BYTE i, c, *dir;
- char *p;
-
-
- p = fno->fname;
- if (dj->sect) {
- dir = FatFs->buf;
- for (i = 0; i < 8; i++) { /* Copy file name body */
- c = dir[i];
- if (c == ' ') break;
- if (c == 0x05) c = 0xE5;
- *p++ = c;
- }
- if (dir[8] != ' ') { /* Copy file name extension */
- *p++ = '.';
- for (i = 8; i < 11; i++) {
- c = dir[i];
- if (c == ' ') break;
- *p++ = c;
- }
- }
- fno->fattrib = dir[DIR_Attr]; /* Attribute */
- fno->fsize = LD_DWORD(dir+DIR_FileSize); /* Size */
- fno->fdate = LD_WORD(dir+DIR_WrtDate); /* Date */
- fno->ftime = LD_WORD(dir+DIR_WrtTime); /* Time */
- }
- *p = 0;
-}
-#endif /* _USE_DIR */
-
-
-
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Follow a file path */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-static
-FRESULT follow_path ( /* FR_OK(0): successful, !=0: error code */
- DIR *dj, /* Directory object to return last directory and found object */
- const char *path /* Full-path string to find a file or directory */
-)
-{
- FRESULT res;
- BYTE *dir;
-
-
- if (*path == '/') path++; /* Strip heading separator */
- dj->sclust = 0; /* Set start directory (always root dir) */
-
- if ((BYTE)*path < ' ') { /* Null path means the root directory */
- res = dir_rewind(dj);
- FatFs->buf[0] = 0;
-
- } else { /* Follow path */
- for (;;) {
- res = create_name(dj, &path); /* Get a segment */
- if (res != FR_OK) break;
- res = dir_find(dj); /* Find it */
- if (res != FR_OK) { /* Could not find the object */
- if (res == FR_NO_FILE && !*(dj->fn+11))
- res = FR_NO_PATH;
- break;
- }
- if (*(dj->fn+11)) break; /* Last segment match. Function completed. */
- dir = FatFs->buf; /* There is next segment. Follow the sub directory */
- if (!(dir[DIR_Attr] & AM_DIR)) { /* Cannot follow because it is a file */
- res = FR_NO_PATH; break;
- }
- dj->sclust =
-#if _FS_FAT32
- ((DWORD)LD_WORD(dir+DIR_FstClusHI) << 16) |
-#endif
- LD_WORD(dir+DIR_FstClusLO);
- }
- }
-
- return res;
-}
-
-
-
-
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Check a sector if it is an FAT boot record */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-static
-BYTE check_fs ( /* 0:The FAT boot record, 1:Valid boot record but not an FAT, 2:Not a boot record, 3:Error */
- BYTE *buf, /* Working buffer */
- DWORD sect /* Sector# (lba) to check if it is an FAT boot record or not */
-)
-{
- if (disk_readp(buf, sect, 510, 2)) /* Read the boot sector */
- return 3;
- if (LD_WORD(buf) != 0xAA55) /* Check record signature */
- return 2;
-
- if (!disk_readp(buf, sect, BS_FilSysType, 2) && LD_WORD(buf) == 0x4146) /* Check FAT12/16 */
- return 0;
-#if _FS_FAT32
- if (!disk_readp(buf, sect, BS_FilSysType32, 2) && LD_WORD(buf) == 0x4146) /* Check FAT32 */
- return 0;
-#endif
- return 1;
-}
-
-
-
-
-/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
- Public Functions
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-
-
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Mount/Unmount a Locical Drive */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-FRESULT pf_mount (
- FATFS *fs /* Pointer to new file system object (NULL: Unmount) */
-)
-{
- BYTE fmt, buf[36];
- DWORD bsect, fsize, tsect, mclst;
-
-
- FatFs = 0;
- if (!fs) return FR_OK; /* Unregister fs object */
-
- if (disk_initialize() & STA_NOINIT) /* Check if the drive is ready or not */
- return FR_NOT_READY;
-
- /* Search FAT partition on the drive */
- bsect = 0;
- fmt = check_fs(buf, bsect); /* Check sector 0 as an SFD format */
- if (fmt == 1) { /* Not an FAT boot record, it may be FDISK format */
- /* Check a partition listed in top of the partition table */
- if (disk_readp(buf, bsect, MBR_Table, 16)) { /* 1st partition entry */
- fmt = 3;
- } else {
- if (buf[4]) { /* Is the partition existing? */
- bsect = LD_DWORD(&buf[8]); /* Partition offset in LBA */
- fmt = check_fs(buf, bsect); /* Check the partition */
- }
- }
- }
- if (fmt == 3) return FR_DISK_ERR;
- if (fmt) return FR_NO_FILESYSTEM; /* No valid FAT patition is found */
-
- /* Initialize the file system object */
- if (disk_readp(buf, bsect, 13, sizeof(buf))) return FR_DISK_ERR;
-
- fsize = LD_WORD(buf+BPB_FATSz16-13); /* Number of sectors per FAT */
- if (!fsize) fsize = LD_DWORD(buf+BPB_FATSz32-13);
-
- fsize *= buf[BPB_NumFATs-13]; /* Number of sectors in FAT area */
- fs->fatbase = bsect + LD_WORD(buf+BPB_RsvdSecCnt-13); /* FAT start sector (lba) */
- fs->csize = buf[BPB_SecPerClus-13]; /* Number of sectors per cluster */
- fs->n_rootdir = LD_WORD(buf+BPB_RootEntCnt-13); /* Nmuber of root directory entries */
- tsect = LD_WORD(buf+BPB_TotSec16-13); /* Number of sectors on the file system */
- if (!tsect) tsect = LD_DWORD(buf+BPB_TotSec32-13);
- mclst = (tsect /* Last cluster# + 1 */
- - LD_WORD(buf+BPB_RsvdSecCnt-13) - fsize - fs->n_rootdir / 16
- ) / fs->csize + 2;
- fs->max_clust = (CLUST)mclst;
-
- fmt = FS_FAT12; /* Determine the FAT sub type */
- if (mclst >= 0xFF7) fmt = FS_FAT16; /* Number of clusters >= 0xFF5 */
- if (mclst >= 0xFFF7) /* Number of clusters >= 0xFFF5 */
-#if _FS_FAT32
- fmt = FS_FAT32;
-#else
- return FR_NO_FILESYSTEM;
-#endif
-
- fs->fs_type = fmt; /* FAT sub-type */
-#if _FS_FAT32
- if (fmt == FS_FAT32)
- fs->dirbase = LD_DWORD(buf+(BPB_RootClus-13)); /* Root directory start cluster */
- else
-#endif
- fs->dirbase = fs->fatbase + fsize; /* Root directory start sector (lba) */
- fs->database = fs->fatbase + fsize + fs->n_rootdir / 16; /* Data start sector (lba) */
-
- fs->flag = 0;
- FatFs = fs;
-
- return FR_OK;
-}
-
-
-
-
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Open or Create a File */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-FRESULT pf_open (
- const char *path /* Pointer to the file name */
-)
-{
- FRESULT res;
- DIR dj;
- BYTE sp[12], dir[32];
- FATFS *fs = FatFs;
-
-
- if (!fs) /* Check file system */
- return FR_NOT_ENABLED;
-
- fs->flag = 0;
- fs->buf = dir;
- dj.fn = sp;
- res = follow_path(&dj, path); /* Follow the file path */
- if (res != FR_OK) return res; /* Follow failed */
- if (!dir[0] || (dir[DIR_Attr] & AM_DIR)) /* It is a directory */
- return FR_NO_FILE;
-
- fs->org_clust = /* File start cluster */
-#if _FS_FAT32
- ((DWORD)LD_WORD(dir+DIR_FstClusHI) << 16) |
-#endif
- LD_WORD(dir+DIR_FstClusLO);
- fs->fsize = LD_DWORD(dir+DIR_FileSize); /* File size */
- fs->fptr = 0; /* File pointer */
- fs->flag = FA_READ;
-
- return FR_OK;
-}
-
-
-
-
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Read File */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-FRESULT pf_read (
- void* dest, /* Pointer to the destination object */
- WORD btr, /* Number of bytes to read (bit15:destination) */
- WORD* br /* Pointer to number of bytes read */
-)
-{
- DRESULT dr;
- CLUST clst;
- DWORD sect, remain;
- WORD rcnt;
- BYTE *rbuff = dest;
- FATFS *fs = FatFs;
-
-
- *br = 0;
- if (!fs) return FR_NOT_ENABLED; /* Check file system */
- if (!(fs->flag & FA_READ))
- return FR_INVALID_OBJECT;
-
- remain = fs->fsize - fs->fptr;
- if (btr > remain) btr = (UINT)remain; /* Truncate btr by remaining bytes */
-
- for ( ; btr; /* Repeat until all data transferred */
- rbuff += rcnt, fs->fptr += rcnt, *br += rcnt, btr -= rcnt) {
- if ((fs->fptr % 512) == 0) { /* On the sector boundary? */
- if ((fs->fptr / 512 % fs->csize) == 0) { /* On the cluster boundary? */
- clst = (fs->fptr == 0) ? /* On the top of the file? */
- fs->org_clust : get_fat(fs->curr_clust);
- if (clst <= 1) {
- fs->flag = 0; return FR_DISK_ERR;
- }
- fs->curr_clust = clst; /* Update current cluster */
- fs->csect = 0; /* Reset sector offset in the cluster */
- }
- sect = clust2sect(fs->curr_clust); /* Get current sector */
- if (!sect) {
- fs->flag = 0; return FR_DISK_ERR;
- }
- sect += fs->csect;
- fs->dsect = sect;
- fs->csect++; /* Next sector address in the cluster */
- }
- rcnt = 512 - ((WORD)fs->fptr % 512); /* Get partial sector data from sector buffer */
- if (rcnt > btr) rcnt = btr;
- if (fs->flag & FA_STREAM) {
- dr = disk_readp(dest, fs->dsect, (WORD)(fs->fptr % 512), (WORD)(rcnt | 0x8000));
- } else {
- dr = disk_readp(rbuff, fs->dsect, (WORD)(fs->fptr % 512), rcnt);
- }
- if (dr) {
- fs->flag = 0;
- return (dr == RES_STRERR) ? FR_STREAM_ERR : FR_DISK_ERR;
- }
- }
-
- return FR_OK;
-}
-
-
-
-
-#if _USE_LSEEK
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Seek File R/W Pointer */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-FRESULT pf_lseek (
- DWORD ofs /* File pointer from top of file */
-)
-{
- CLUST clst;
- DWORD bcs, nsect, ifptr;
- FATFS *fs = FatFs;
-
-
- if (!fs) return FR_NOT_ENABLED; /* Check file system */
- if (!(fs->flag & FA_READ))
- return FR_INVALID_OBJECT;
-
- if (ofs > fs->fsize) ofs = fs->fsize; /* Clip offset with the file size */
- ifptr = fs->fptr;
- fs->fptr = 0;
- if (ofs > 0) {
- bcs = (DWORD)fs->csize * 512; /* Cluster size (byte) */
- if (ifptr > 0 &&
- (ofs - 1) / bcs >= (ifptr - 1) / bcs) { /* When seek to same or following cluster, */
- fs->fptr = (ifptr - 1) & ~(bcs - 1); /* start from the current cluster */
- ofs -= fs->fptr;
- clst = fs->curr_clust;
- } else { /* When seek to back cluster, */
- clst = fs->org_clust; /* start from the first cluster */
- fs->curr_clust = clst;
- }
- while (ofs > bcs) { /* Cluster following loop */
- clst = get_fat(clst); /* Follow cluster chain if not in write mode */
- if (clst <= 1 || clst >= fs->max_clust) {
- fs->flag = 0; return FR_DISK_ERR;
- }
- fs->curr_clust = clst;
- fs->fptr += bcs;
- ofs -= bcs;
- }
- fs->fptr += ofs;
- fs->csect = (BYTE)(ofs / 512) + 1; /* Sector offset in the cluster */
- nsect = clust2sect(clst); /* Current sector */
- if (!nsect) {
- fs->flag = 0; return FR_DISK_ERR;
- }
- fs->dsect = nsect + fs->csect - 1;
- }
-
- return FR_OK;
-}
-#endif
-
-
-#if _USE_DIR
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Create a Directroy Object */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-FRESULT pf_opendir (
- DIR *dj, /* Pointer to directory object to create */
- const char *path /* Pointer to the directory path */
-)
-{
- FRESULT res;
- BYTE sp[12], dir[32];
- FATFS *fs = FatFs;
-
-
- if (!fs) { /* Check file system */
- res = FR_NOT_ENABLED;
- } else {
- fs->buf = dir;
- dj->fn = sp;
- res = follow_path(dj, path); /* Follow the path to the directory */
- if (res == FR_OK) { /* Follow completed */
- if (dir[0]) { /* It is not the root dir */
- if (dir[DIR_Attr] & AM_DIR) { /* The object is a directory */
- dj->sclust =
-#if _FS_FAT32
- ((DWORD)LD_WORD(dir+DIR_FstClusHI) << 16) |
-#endif
- LD_WORD(dir+DIR_FstClusLO);
- } else { /* The object is not a directory */
- res = FR_NO_PATH;
- }
- }
- if (res == FR_OK) {
- res = dir_rewind(dj); /* Rewind dir */
- }
- }
- if (res == FR_NO_FILE) res = FR_NO_PATH;
- }
-
- return res;
-}
-
-
-
-
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Read Directory Entry in Sequense */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-FRESULT pf_readdir (
- DIR *dj, /* Pointer to the open directory object */
- FILINFO *fno /* Pointer to file information to return */
-)
-{
- FRESULT res;
- BYTE sp[12], dir[32];
- FATFS *fs = FatFs;
-
-
- if (!fs) { /* Check file system */
- res = FR_NOT_ENABLED;
- } else {
- fs->buf = dir;
- dj->fn = sp;
- if (!fno) {
- res = dir_rewind(dj);
- } else {
- res = dir_read(dj);
- if (res == FR_NO_FILE) {
- dj->sect = 0;
- res = FR_OK;
- }
- if (res == FR_OK) { /* A valid entry is found */
- get_fileinfo(dj, fno); /* Get the object information */
- res = dir_next(dj); /* Increment index for next */
- if (res == FR_NO_FILE) {
- dj->sect = 0;
- res = FR_OK;
- }
- }
- }
- }
-
- return res;
-}
-
-#endif /* _FS_DIR */
-
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------/ +/ Petit FatFs - FAT file system module R0.01a (C)ChaN, 2010 +/-----------------------------------------------------------------------------/ +/ Petit FatFs module is an open source software to implement FAT file system to +/ small embedded systems. This is a free software and is opened for education, +/ research and commercial developments under license policy of following trems. +/ +/ Copyright (C) 2010, ChaN, all right reserved. +/ +/ * The Petit FatFs module is a free software and there is NO WARRANTY. +/ * No restriction on use. You can use, modify and redistribute it for +/ personal, non-profit or commercial use UNDER YOUR RESPONSIBILITY. +/ * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice. +/ +/-----------------------------------------------------------------------------/ +/ Jun 15,'09 R0.01a Branched from FatFs R0.07b +/----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#include "pff.h" /* Petit FatFs configurations and declarations */ +#include "diskio.h" /* Declarations of low level disk I/O functions */ + + +/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------- + + Private Work Area + +---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +static +FATFS *FatFs; /* Pointer to the file system object (logical drive) */ + + +/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------- + + Private Functions + +---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + + +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* String functions */ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/* Fill memory */ +static +void mem_set (void* dst, int val, int cnt) { + char *d = (char*)dst; + while (cnt--) *d++ = (char)val; +} + +/* Compare memory to memory */ +static +int mem_cmp (const void* dst, const void* src, int cnt) { + const char *d = (const char *)dst, *s = (const char *)src; + int r = 0; + while (cnt-- && (r = *d++ - *s++) == 0) ; + return r; +} + +/* Check if chr is contained in the string */ +static +int chk_chr (const char* str, int chr) { + while (*str && *str != chr) str++; + return *str; +} + + + +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* FAT access - Read value of a FAT entry */ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +static +CLUST get_fat ( /* 1:IO error, Else:Cluster status */ + CLUST clst /* Cluster# to get the link information */ +) +{ + WORD wc, bc, ofs; + BYTE buf[4]; + FATFS *fs = FatFs; + + + if (clst < 2 || clst >= fs->max_clust) /* Range check */ + return 1; + + switch (fs->fs_type) { + case FS_FAT12 : + bc = (WORD)clst; bc += bc / 2; + ofs = bc % 512; bc /= 512; + if (ofs != 511) { + if (disk_readp(buf, fs->fatbase + bc, ofs, 2)) break; + } else { + if (disk_readp(buf, fs->fatbase + bc, 511, 1)) break; + if (disk_readp(buf+1, fs->fatbase + bc + 1, 0, 1)) break; + } + wc = LD_WORD(buf); + return (clst & 1) ? (wc >> 4) : (wc & 0xFFF); + + case FS_FAT16 : + if (disk_readp(buf, fs->fatbase + clst / 256, (WORD)(((WORD)clst % 256) * 2), 2)) break; + return LD_WORD(buf); +#if _FS_FAT32 + case FS_FAT32 : + if (disk_readp(buf, fs->fatbase + clst / 128, (WORD)(((WORD)clst % 128) * 4), 4)) break; + return LD_DWORD(buf) & 0x0FFFFFFF; +#endif + } + + return 1; /* An error occured at the disk I/O layer */ +} + + + + +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Get sector# from cluster# */ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +static +DWORD clust2sect ( /* !=0: Sector number, 0: Failed - invalid cluster# */ + CLUST clst /* Cluster# to be converted */ +) +{ + FATFS *fs = FatFs; + + + clst -= 2; + if (clst >= (fs->max_clust - 2)) return 0; /* Invalid cluster# */ + return (DWORD)clst * fs->csize + fs->database; +} + + + + +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Directory handling - Rewind directory index */ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +static +FRESULT dir_rewind ( + DIR *dj /* Pointer to directory object */ +) +{ + CLUST clst; + FATFS *fs = FatFs; + + + dj->index = 0; + clst = dj->sclust; + if (clst == 1 || clst >= fs->max_clust) /* Check start cluster range */ + return FR_DISK_ERR; +#if _FS_FAT32 + if (!clst && fs->fs_type == FS_FAT32) /* Replace cluster# 0 with root cluster# if in FAT32 */ + clst = fs->dirbase; +#endif + dj->clust = clst; /* Current cluster */ + dj->sect = clst ? clust2sect(clst) : fs->dirbase; /* Current sector */ + + return FR_OK; /* Seek succeeded */ +} + + + + +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Directory handling - Move directory index next */ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +static +FRESULT dir_next ( /* FR_OK:Succeeded, FR_NO_FILE:End of table, FR_DENIED:EOT and could not streach */ + DIR *dj /* Pointer to directory object */ +) +{ + CLUST clst; + WORD i; + FATFS *fs = FatFs; + + + i = dj->index + 1; + if (!i || !dj->sect) /* Report EOT when index has reached 65535 */ + return FR_NO_FILE; + + if (!(i & (16-1))) { /* Sector changed? */ + dj->sect++; /* Next sector */ + + if (dj->clust == 0) { /* Static table */ + if (i >= fs->n_rootdir) /* Report EOT when end of table */ + return FR_NO_FILE; + } + else { /* Dynamic table */ + if (((i / 16) & (fs->csize-1)) == 0) { /* Cluster changed? */ + clst = get_fat(dj->clust); /* Get next cluster */ + if (clst <= 1) return FR_DISK_ERR; + if (clst >= fs->max_clust) /* When it reached end of dynamic table */ + return FR_NO_FILE; /* Report EOT */ + dj->clust = clst; /* Initialize data for new cluster */ + dj->sect = clust2sect(clst); + } + } + } + + dj->index = i; + + return FR_OK; +} + + + + +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Directory handling - Find an object in the directory */ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +static +FRESULT dir_find ( + DIR *dj /* Pointer to the directory object linked to the file name */ +) +{ + FRESULT res; + BYTE c, *dir; + + + res = dir_rewind(dj); /* Rewind directory object */ + if (res != FR_OK) return res; + + dir = FatFs->buf; + do { + res = disk_readp(dir, dj->sect, (WORD)((dj->index % 16) * 32), 32) /* Read an entry */ + ? FR_DISK_ERR : FR_OK; + if (res != FR_OK) break; + c = dir[DIR_Name]; /* First character */ + if (c == 0) { res = FR_NO_FILE; break; } /* Reached to end of table */ + if (!(dir[DIR_Attr] & AM_VOL) && !mem_cmp(dir, dj->fn, 11)) /* Is it a valid entry? */ + break; + res = dir_next(dj); /* Next entry */ + } while (res == FR_OK); + + return res; +} + + + + +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Read an object from the directory */ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#if _USE_DIR +static +FRESULT dir_read ( + DIR *dj /* Pointer to the directory object to store read object name */ +) +{ + FRESULT res; + BYTE a, c, *dir; + + + res = FR_NO_FILE; + while (dj->sect) { + dir = FatFs->buf; + res = disk_readp(dir, dj->sect, (WORD)((dj->index % 16) * 32), 32) /* Read an entry */ + ? FR_DISK_ERR : FR_OK; + if (res != FR_OK) break; + c = dir[DIR_Name]; + if (c == 0) { res = FR_NO_FILE; break; } /* Reached to end of table */ + a = dir[DIR_Attr] & AM_MASK; + if (c != 0xE5 && c != '.' && !(a & AM_VOL)) /* Is it a valid entry? */ + break; + res = dir_next(dj); /* Next entry */ + if (res != FR_OK) break; + } + + if (res != FR_OK) dj->sect = 0; + + return res; +} +#endif + + + +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Pick a segment and create the object name in directory form */ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + + +static +FRESULT create_name ( + DIR *dj, /* Pointer to the directory object */ + const char **path /* Pointer to pointer to the segment in the path string */ +) +{ + BYTE c, ni, si, i, *sfn; + const char *p; + + /* Create file name in directory form */ + sfn = dj->fn; + mem_set(sfn, ' ', 11); + si = i = 0; ni = 8; + p = *path; + for (;;) { + c = p[si++]; + if (c < ' ' || c == '/') break; /* Break on end of segment */ + if (c == '.' || i >= ni) { + if (ni != 8 || c != '.') return FR_INVALID_NAME; + i = 8; ni = 11; + continue; + } + if (c >= 0x7F || chk_chr(" +,;[=\\]\"*:<>\?|", c)) /* Reject unallowable chrs for SFN */ + return FR_INVALID_NAME; + if (c >='a' && c <= 'z') c -= 0x20; + sfn[i++] = c; + } + if (!i) return FR_INVALID_NAME; /* Reject null string */ + *path = &p[si]; /* Rerurn pointer to the next segment */ + + sfn[11] = (c < ' ') ? 1 : 0; /* Set last segment flag if end of path */ + + return FR_OK; +} + + + + +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Get file information from directory entry */ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#if _USE_DIR +static +void get_fileinfo ( /* No return code */ + DIR *dj, /* Pointer to the directory object */ + FILINFO *fno /* Pointer to store the file information */ +) +{ + BYTE i, c, *dir; + char *p; + + + p = fno->fname; + if (dj->sect) { + dir = FatFs->buf; + for (i = 0; i < 8; i++) { /* Copy file name body */ + c = dir[i]; + if (c == ' ') break; + if (c == 0x05) c = 0xE5; + *p++ = c; + } + if (dir[8] != ' ') { /* Copy file name extension */ + *p++ = '.'; + for (i = 8; i < 11; i++) { + c = dir[i]; + if (c == ' ') break; + *p++ = c; + } + } + fno->fattrib = dir[DIR_Attr]; /* Attribute */ + fno->fsize = LD_DWORD(dir+DIR_FileSize); /* Size */ + fno->fdate = LD_WORD(dir+DIR_WrtDate); /* Date */ + fno->ftime = LD_WORD(dir+DIR_WrtTime); /* Time */ + } + *p = 0; +} +#endif /* _USE_DIR */ + + + +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Follow a file path */ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +static +FRESULT follow_path ( /* FR_OK(0): successful, !=0: error code */ + DIR *dj, /* Directory object to return last directory and found object */ + const char *path /* Full-path string to find a file or directory */ +) +{ + FRESULT res; + BYTE *dir; + + + if (*path == '/') path++; /* Strip heading separator */ + dj->sclust = 0; /* Set start directory (always root dir) */ + + if ((BYTE)*path < ' ') { /* Null path means the root directory */ + res = dir_rewind(dj); + FatFs->buf[0] = 0; + + } else { /* Follow path */ + for (;;) { + res = create_name(dj, &path); /* Get a segment */ + if (res != FR_OK) break; + res = dir_find(dj); /* Find it */ + if (res != FR_OK) { /* Could not find the object */ + if (res == FR_NO_FILE && !*(dj->fn+11)) + res = FR_NO_PATH; + break; + } + if (*(dj->fn+11)) break; /* Last segment match. Function completed. */ + dir = FatFs->buf; /* There is next segment. Follow the sub directory */ + if (!(dir[DIR_Attr] & AM_DIR)) { /* Cannot follow because it is a file */ + res = FR_NO_PATH; break; + } + dj->sclust = +#if _FS_FAT32 + ((DWORD)LD_WORD(dir+DIR_FstClusHI) << 16) | +#endif + LD_WORD(dir+DIR_FstClusLO); + } + } + + return res; +} + + + + +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Check a sector if it is an FAT boot record */ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +static +BYTE check_fs ( /* 0:The FAT boot record, 1:Valid boot record but not an FAT, 2:Not a boot record, 3:Error */ + BYTE *buf, /* Working buffer */ + DWORD sect /* Sector# (lba) to check if it is an FAT boot record or not */ +) +{ + if (disk_readp(buf, sect, 510, 2)) /* Read the boot sector */ + return 3; + if (LD_WORD(buf) != 0xAA55) /* Check record signature */ + return 2; + + if (!disk_readp(buf, sect, BS_FilSysType, 2) && LD_WORD(buf) == 0x4146) /* Check FAT12/16 */ + return 0; +#if _FS_FAT32 + if (!disk_readp(buf, sect, BS_FilSysType32, 2) && LD_WORD(buf) == 0x4146) /* Check FAT32 */ + return 0; +#endif + return 1; +} + + + + +/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------- + + Public Functions + +--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + + + +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Mount/Unmount a Locical Drive */ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +FRESULT pf_mount ( + FATFS *fs /* Pointer to new file system object (NULL: Unmount) */ +) +{ + BYTE fmt, buf[36]; + DWORD bsect, fsize, tsect, mclst; + + + FatFs = 0; + if (!fs) return FR_OK; /* Unregister fs object */ + + if (disk_initialize() & STA_NOINIT) /* Check if the drive is ready or not */ + return FR_NOT_READY; + + /* Search FAT partition on the drive */ + bsect = 0; + fmt = check_fs(buf, bsect); /* Check sector 0 as an SFD format */ + if (fmt == 1) { /* Not an FAT boot record, it may be FDISK format */ + /* Check a partition listed in top of the partition table */ + if (disk_readp(buf, bsect, MBR_Table, 16)) { /* 1st partition entry */ + fmt = 3; + } else { + if (buf[4]) { /* Is the partition existing? */ + bsect = LD_DWORD(&buf[8]); /* Partition offset in LBA */ + fmt = check_fs(buf, bsect); /* Check the partition */ + } + } + } + if (fmt == 3) return FR_DISK_ERR; + if (fmt) return FR_NO_FILESYSTEM; /* No valid FAT patition is found */ + + /* Initialize the file system object */ + if (disk_readp(buf, bsect, 13, sizeof(buf))) return FR_DISK_ERR; + + fsize = LD_WORD(buf+BPB_FATSz16-13); /* Number of sectors per FAT */ + if (!fsize) fsize = LD_DWORD(buf+BPB_FATSz32-13); + + fsize *= buf[BPB_NumFATs-13]; /* Number of sectors in FAT area */ + fs->fatbase = bsect + LD_WORD(buf+BPB_RsvdSecCnt-13); /* FAT start sector (lba) */ + fs->csize = buf[BPB_SecPerClus-13]; /* Number of sectors per cluster */ + fs->n_rootdir = LD_WORD(buf+BPB_RootEntCnt-13); /* Nmuber of root directory entries */ + tsect = LD_WORD(buf+BPB_TotSec16-13); /* Number of sectors on the file system */ + if (!tsect) tsect = LD_DWORD(buf+BPB_TotSec32-13); + mclst = (tsect /* Last cluster# + 1 */ + - LD_WORD(buf+BPB_RsvdSecCnt-13) - fsize - fs->n_rootdir / 16 + ) / fs->csize + 2; + fs->max_clust = (CLUST)mclst; + + fmt = FS_FAT12; /* Determine the FAT sub type */ + if (mclst >= 0xFF7) fmt = FS_FAT16; /* Number of clusters >= 0xFF5 */ + if (mclst >= 0xFFF7) /* Number of clusters >= 0xFFF5 */ +#if _FS_FAT32 + fmt = FS_FAT32; +#else + return FR_NO_FILESYSTEM; +#endif + + fs->fs_type = fmt; /* FAT sub-type */ +#if _FS_FAT32 + if (fmt == FS_FAT32) + fs->dirbase = LD_DWORD(buf+(BPB_RootClus-13)); /* Root directory start cluster */ + else +#endif + fs->dirbase = fs->fatbase + fsize; /* Root directory start sector (lba) */ + fs->database = fs->fatbase + fsize + fs->n_rootdir / 16; /* Data start sector (lba) */ + + fs->flag = 0; + FatFs = fs; + + return FR_OK; +} + + + + +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Open or Create a File */ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +FRESULT pf_open ( + const char *path /* Pointer to the file name */ +) +{ + FRESULT res; + DIR dj; + BYTE sp[12], dir[32]; + FATFS *fs = FatFs; + + + if (!fs) /* Check file system */ + return FR_NOT_ENABLED; + + fs->flag = 0; + fs->buf = dir; + dj.fn = sp; + res = follow_path(&dj, path); /* Follow the file path */ + if (res != FR_OK) return res; /* Follow failed */ + if (!dir[0] || (dir[DIR_Attr] & AM_DIR)) /* It is a directory */ + return FR_NO_FILE; + + fs->org_clust = /* File start cluster */ +#if _FS_FAT32 + ((DWORD)LD_WORD(dir+DIR_FstClusHI) << 16) | +#endif + LD_WORD(dir+DIR_FstClusLO); + fs->fsize = LD_DWORD(dir+DIR_FileSize); /* File size */ + fs->fptr = 0; /* File pointer */ + fs->flag = FA_READ; + + return FR_OK; +} + + + + +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Read File */ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +FRESULT pf_read ( + void* dest, /* Pointer to the destination object */ + WORD btr, /* Number of bytes to read (bit15:destination) */ + WORD* br /* Pointer to number of bytes read */ +) +{ + DRESULT dr; + CLUST clst; + DWORD sect, remain; + WORD rcnt; + BYTE *rbuff = dest; + FATFS *fs = FatFs; + + + *br = 0; + if (!fs) return FR_NOT_ENABLED; /* Check file system */ + if (!(fs->flag & FA_READ)) + return FR_INVALID_OBJECT; + + remain = fs->fsize - fs->fptr; + if (btr > remain) btr = (UINT)remain; /* Truncate btr by remaining bytes */ + + for ( ; btr; /* Repeat until all data transferred */ + rbuff += rcnt, fs->fptr += rcnt, *br += rcnt, btr -= rcnt) { + if ((fs->fptr % 512) == 0) { /* On the sector boundary? */ + if ((fs->fptr / 512 % fs->csize) == 0) { /* On the cluster boundary? */ + clst = (fs->fptr == 0) ? /* On the top of the file? */ + fs->org_clust : get_fat(fs->curr_clust); + if (clst <= 1) { + fs->flag = 0; return FR_DISK_ERR; + } + fs->curr_clust = clst; /* Update current cluster */ + fs->csect = 0; /* Reset sector offset in the cluster */ + } + sect = clust2sect(fs->curr_clust); /* Get current sector */ + if (!sect) { + fs->flag = 0; return FR_DISK_ERR; + } + sect += fs->csect; + fs->dsect = sect; + fs->csect++; /* Next sector address in the cluster */ + } + rcnt = 512 - ((WORD)fs->fptr % 512); /* Get partial sector data from sector buffer */ + if (rcnt > btr) rcnt = btr; + if (fs->flag & FA_STREAM) { + dr = disk_readp(dest, fs->dsect, (WORD)(fs->fptr % 512), (WORD)(rcnt | 0x8000)); + } else { + dr = disk_readp(rbuff, fs->dsect, (WORD)(fs->fptr % 512), rcnt); + } + if (dr) { + fs->flag = 0; + return (dr == RES_STRERR) ? FR_STREAM_ERR : FR_DISK_ERR; + } + } + + return FR_OK; +} + + + + +#if _USE_LSEEK +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Seek File R/W Pointer */ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +FRESULT pf_lseek ( + DWORD ofs /* File pointer from top of file */ +) +{ + CLUST clst; + DWORD bcs, nsect, ifptr; + FATFS *fs = FatFs; + + + if (!fs) return FR_NOT_ENABLED; /* Check file system */ + if (!(fs->flag & FA_READ)) + return FR_INVALID_OBJECT; + + if (ofs > fs->fsize) ofs = fs->fsize; /* Clip offset with the file size */ + ifptr = fs->fptr; + fs->fptr = 0; + if (ofs > 0) { + bcs = (DWORD)fs->csize * 512; /* Cluster size (byte) */ + if (ifptr > 0 && + (ofs - 1) / bcs >= (ifptr - 1) / bcs) { /* When seek to same or following cluster, */ + fs->fptr = (ifptr - 1) & ~(bcs - 1); /* start from the current cluster */ + ofs -= fs->fptr; + clst = fs->curr_clust; + } else { /* When seek to back cluster, */ + clst = fs->org_clust; /* start from the first cluster */ + fs->curr_clust = clst; + } + while (ofs > bcs) { /* Cluster following loop */ + clst = get_fat(clst); /* Follow cluster chain if not in write mode */ + if (clst <= 1 || clst >= fs->max_clust) { + fs->flag = 0; return FR_DISK_ERR; + } + fs->curr_clust = clst; + fs->fptr += bcs; + ofs -= bcs; + } + fs->fptr += ofs; + fs->csect = (BYTE)(ofs / 512) + 1; /* Sector offset in the cluster */ + nsect = clust2sect(clst); /* Current sector */ + if (!nsect) { + fs->flag = 0; return FR_DISK_ERR; + } + fs->dsect = nsect + fs->csect - 1; + } + + return FR_OK; +} +#endif + + +#if _USE_DIR +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Create a Directroy Object */ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +FRESULT pf_opendir ( + DIR *dj, /* Pointer to directory object to create */ + const char *path /* Pointer to the directory path */ +) +{ + FRESULT res; + BYTE sp[12], dir[32]; + FATFS *fs = FatFs; + + + if (!fs) { /* Check file system */ + res = FR_NOT_ENABLED; + } else { + fs->buf = dir; + dj->fn = sp; + res = follow_path(dj, path); /* Follow the path to the directory */ + if (res == FR_OK) { /* Follow completed */ + if (dir[0]) { /* It is not the root dir */ + if (dir[DIR_Attr] & AM_DIR) { /* The object is a directory */ + dj->sclust = +#if _FS_FAT32 + ((DWORD)LD_WORD(dir+DIR_FstClusHI) << 16) | +#endif + LD_WORD(dir+DIR_FstClusLO); + } else { /* The object is not a directory */ + res = FR_NO_PATH; + } + } + if (res == FR_OK) { + res = dir_rewind(dj); /* Rewind dir */ + } + } + if (res == FR_NO_FILE) res = FR_NO_PATH; + } + + return res; +} + + + + +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Read Directory Entry in Sequense */ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +FRESULT pf_readdir ( + DIR *dj, /* Pointer to the open directory object */ + FILINFO *fno /* Pointer to file information to return */ +) +{ + FRESULT res; + BYTE sp[12], dir[32]; + FATFS *fs = FatFs; + + + if (!fs) { /* Check file system */ + res = FR_NOT_ENABLED; + } else { + fs->buf = dir; + dj->fn = sp; + if (!fno) { + res = dir_rewind(dj); + } else { + res = dir_read(dj); + if (res == FR_NO_FILE) { + dj->sect = 0; + res = FR_OK; + } + if (res == FR_OK) { /* A valid entry is found */ + get_fileinfo(dj, fno); /* Get the object information */ + res = dir_next(dj); /* Increment index for next */ + if (res == FR_NO_FILE) { + dj->sect = 0; + res = FR_OK; + } + } + } + } + + return res; +} + +#endif /* _FS_DIR */ + diff --git a/Projects/Incomplete/StandaloneProgrammer/Lib/PetiteFATFs/pff.h b/Projects/Incomplete/StandaloneProgrammer/Lib/PetiteFATFs/pff.h index abd4f541c..bd43fbce1 100644 --- a/Projects/Incomplete/StandaloneProgrammer/Lib/PetiteFATFs/pff.h +++ b/Projects/Incomplete/StandaloneProgrammer/Lib/PetiteFATFs/pff.h @@ -1,237 +1,237 @@ -/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------/
-/ Petit FatFs - FAT file system module include file R0.01a (C)ChaN, 2010
-/----------------------------------------------------------------------------/
-/ Petit FatFs module is an open source software to implement FAT file system to
-/ small embedded systems. This is a free software and is opened for education,
-/ research and commercial developments under license policy of following trems.
-/
-/ Copyright (C) 2010, ChaN, all right reserved.
-/
-/ * The Petit FatFs module is a free software and there is NO WARRANTY.
-/ * No restriction on use. You can use, modify and redistribute it for
-/ personal, non-profit or commercial use UNDER YOUR RESPONSIBILITY.
-/ * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice.
-/----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#include "integer.h"
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------/
-/ Petit FatFs Configuration Options
-/
-/ CAUTION! Do not forget to make clean the project after any changes to
-/ the configuration options.
-/
-/----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-#ifndef _FATFS
-#define _FATFS
-
-#define _WORD_ACCESS 0
-/* The _WORD_ACCESS option defines which access method is used to the word
-/ data in the FAT structure.
-/
-/ 0: Byte-by-byte access. Always compatible with all platforms.
-/ 1: Word access. Do not choose this unless following condition is met.
-/
-/ When the byte order on the memory is big-endian or address miss-aligned
-/ word access results incorrect behavior, the _WORD_ACCESS must be set to 0.
-/ If it is not the case, the value can also be set to 1 to improve the
-/ performance and code efficiency. */
-
-
-#define _USE_DIR 0
-/* To enable pf_opendir and pf_readdir function, set _USE_DIR to 1. */
-
-
-#define _USE_LSEEK 0
-/* To enable pf_lseek function, set _USE_LSEEK to 1. */
-
-
-#define _FS_FAT32 1
-/* To enable FAT32 support, set _FS_FAT32 to 1. */
-
-
-/* End of configuration options. Do not change followings without care. */
-/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-
-#if _FS_FAT32
-#define CLUST DWORD
-#else
-#define CLUST WORD
-#endif
-
-
-/* File system object structure */
-
-typedef struct _FATFS_ {
- BYTE fs_type; /* FAT sub type */
- BYTE csize; /* Number of sectors per cluster */
- BYTE flag; /* File status flags */
- BYTE csect; /* File sector address in the cluster */
- WORD n_rootdir; /* Number of root directory entries (0 on FAT32) */
- BYTE* buf; /* Pointer to the disk access buffer */
- CLUST max_clust; /* Maximum cluster# + 1. Number of clusters is max_clust - 2 */
- DWORD fatbase; /* FAT start sector */
- DWORD dirbase; /* Root directory start sector (Cluster# on FAT32) */
- DWORD database; /* Data start sector */
- DWORD fptr; /* File R/W pointer */
- DWORD fsize; /* File size */
- CLUST org_clust; /* File start cluster */
- CLUST curr_clust; /* File current cluster */
- DWORD dsect; /* File current data sector */
-} FATFS;
-
-
-
-/* Directory object structure */
-
-typedef struct _DIR_ {
- WORD index; /* Current read/write index number */
- BYTE* fn; /* Pointer to the SFN (in/out) {file[8],ext[3],status[1]} */
- CLUST sclust; /* Table start cluster (0:Static table) */
- CLUST clust; /* Current cluster */
- DWORD sect; /* Current sector */
-} DIR;
-
-
-
-/* File status structure */
-
-typedef struct _FILINFO_ {
- DWORD fsize; /* File size */
- WORD fdate; /* Last modified date */
- WORD ftime; /* Last modified time */
- BYTE fattrib; /* Attribute */
- char fname[13]; /* File name */
-} FILINFO;
-
-
-
-/* File function return code (FRESULT) */
-
-typedef enum {
- FR_OK = 0, /* 0 */
- FR_DISK_ERR, /* 1 */
- FR_NOT_READY, /* 2 */
- FR_NO_FILE, /* 3 */
- FR_NO_PATH, /* 4 */
- FR_INVALID_NAME, /* 5 */
- FR_STREAM_ERR, /* 6 */
- FR_INVALID_OBJECT, /* 7 */
- FR_NOT_ENABLED, /* 8 */
- FR_NO_FILESYSTEM /* 9 */
-} FRESULT;
-
-
-
-/*--------------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Petit FatFs module application interface */
-
-FRESULT pf_mount (FATFS*); /* Mount/Unmount a logical drive */
-FRESULT pf_open (const char*); /* Open a file */
-FRESULT pf_read (void*, WORD, WORD*); /* Read data from a file */
-FRESULT pf_lseek (DWORD); /* Move file pointer of a file object */
-FRESULT pf_opendir (DIR*, const char*); /* Open an existing directory */
-FRESULT pf_readdir (DIR*, FILINFO*); /* Read a directory item */
-
-
-
-/*--------------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Flags and offset address */
-
-/* File status flag (FATFS.flag) */
-
-#define FA_READ 0x01
-#define FA_STREAM 0x40
-#define FA__ERROR 0x80
-
-
-/* FAT sub type (FATFS.fs_type) */
-
-#define FS_FAT12 1
-#define FS_FAT16 2
-#define FS_FAT32 3
-
-
-/* File attribute bits for directory entry */
-
-#define AM_RDO 0x01 /* Read only */
-#define AM_HID 0x02 /* Hidden */
-#define AM_SYS 0x04 /* System */
-#define AM_VOL 0x08 /* Volume label */
-#define AM_LFN 0x0F /* LFN entry */
-#define AM_DIR 0x10 /* Directory */
-#define AM_ARC 0x20 /* Archive */
-#define AM_MASK 0x3F /* Mask of defined bits */
-
-
-/* FatFs refers the members in the FAT structures with byte offset instead
-/ of structure member because there are incompatibility of the packing option
-/ between various compilers. */
-
-#define BS_jmpBoot 0
-#define BS_OEMName 3
-#define BPB_BytsPerSec 11
-#define BPB_SecPerClus 13
-#define BPB_RsvdSecCnt 14
-#define BPB_NumFATs 16
-#define BPB_RootEntCnt 17
-#define BPB_TotSec16 19
-#define BPB_Media 21
-#define BPB_FATSz16 22
-#define BPB_SecPerTrk 24
-#define BPB_NumHeads 26
-#define BPB_HiddSec 28
-#define BPB_TotSec32 32
-#define BS_55AA 510
-
-#define BS_DrvNum 36
-#define BS_BootSig 38
-#define BS_VolID 39
-#define BS_VolLab 43
-#define BS_FilSysType 54
-
-#define BPB_FATSz32 36
-#define BPB_ExtFlags 40
-#define BPB_FSVer 42
-#define BPB_RootClus 44
-#define BPB_FSInfo 48
-#define BPB_BkBootSec 50
-#define BS_DrvNum32 64
-#define BS_BootSig32 66
-#define BS_VolID32 67
-#define BS_VolLab32 71
-#define BS_FilSysType32 82
-
-#define MBR_Table 446
-
-#define DIR_Name 0
-#define DIR_Attr 11
-#define DIR_NTres 12
-#define DIR_CrtTime 14
-#define DIR_CrtDate 16
-#define DIR_FstClusHI 20
-#define DIR_WrtTime 22
-#define DIR_WrtDate 24
-#define DIR_FstClusLO 26
-#define DIR_FileSize 28
-
-
-
-/*--------------------------------*/
-/* Multi-byte word access macros */
-
-#if _WORD_ACCESS == 1 /* Enable word access to the FAT structure */
-#define LD_WORD(ptr) (WORD)(*(WORD*)(BYTE*)(ptr))
-#define LD_DWORD(ptr) (DWORD)(*(DWORD*)(BYTE*)(ptr))
-#define ST_WORD(ptr,val) *(WORD*)(BYTE*)(ptr)=(WORD)(val)
-#define ST_DWORD(ptr,val) *(DWORD*)(BYTE*)(ptr)=(DWORD)(val)
-#else /* Use byte-by-byte access to the FAT structure */
-#define LD_WORD(ptr) (WORD)(((WORD)*(BYTE*)((ptr)+1)<<8)|(WORD)*(BYTE*)(ptr))
-#define LD_DWORD(ptr) (DWORD)(((DWORD)*(BYTE*)((ptr)+3)<<24)|((DWORD)*(BYTE*)((ptr)+2)<<16)|((WORD)*(BYTE*)((ptr)+1)<<8)|*(BYTE*)(ptr))
-#define ST_WORD(ptr,val) *(BYTE*)(ptr)=(BYTE)(val); *(BYTE*)((ptr)+1)=(BYTE)((WORD)(val)>>8)
-#define ST_DWORD(ptr,val) *(BYTE*)(ptr)=(BYTE)(val); *(BYTE*)((ptr)+1)=(BYTE)((WORD)(val)>>8); *(BYTE*)((ptr)+2)=(BYTE)((DWORD)(val)>>16); *(BYTE*)((ptr)+3)=(BYTE)((DWORD)(val)>>24)
-#endif
-
-
-#endif /* _FATFS */
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------/ +/ Petit FatFs - FAT file system module include file R0.01a (C)ChaN, 2010 +/----------------------------------------------------------------------------/ +/ Petit FatFs module is an open source software to implement FAT file system to +/ small embedded systems. This is a free software and is opened for education, +/ research and commercial developments under license policy of following trems. +/ +/ Copyright (C) 2010, ChaN, all right reserved. +/ +/ * The Petit FatFs module is a free software and there is NO WARRANTY. +/ * No restriction on use. You can use, modify and redistribute it for +/ personal, non-profit or commercial use UNDER YOUR RESPONSIBILITY. +/ * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice. +/----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#include "integer.h" + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------/ +/ Petit FatFs Configuration Options +/ +/ CAUTION! Do not forget to make clean the project after any changes to +/ the configuration options. +/ +/----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#ifndef _FATFS +#define _FATFS + +#define _WORD_ACCESS 0 +/* The _WORD_ACCESS option defines which access method is used to the word +/ data in the FAT structure. +/ +/ 0: Byte-by-byte access. Always compatible with all platforms. +/ 1: Word access. Do not choose this unless following condition is met. +/ +/ When the byte order on the memory is big-endian or address miss-aligned +/ word access results incorrect behavior, the _WORD_ACCESS must be set to 0. +/ If it is not the case, the value can also be set to 1 to improve the +/ performance and code efficiency. */ + + +#define _USE_DIR 0 +/* To enable pf_opendir and pf_readdir function, set _USE_DIR to 1. */ + + +#define _USE_LSEEK 0 +/* To enable pf_lseek function, set _USE_LSEEK to 1. */ + + +#define _FS_FAT32 1 +/* To enable FAT32 support, set _FS_FAT32 to 1. */ + + +/* End of configuration options. Do not change followings without care. */ +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + + +#if _FS_FAT32 +#define CLUST DWORD +#else +#define CLUST WORD +#endif + + +/* File system object structure */ + +typedef struct _FATFS_ { + BYTE fs_type; /* FAT sub type */ + BYTE csize; /* Number of sectors per cluster */ + BYTE flag; /* File status flags */ + BYTE csect; /* File sector address in the cluster */ + WORD n_rootdir; /* Number of root directory entries (0 on FAT32) */ + BYTE* buf; /* Pointer to the disk access buffer */ + CLUST max_clust; /* Maximum cluster# + 1. Number of clusters is max_clust - 2 */ + DWORD fatbase; /* FAT start sector */ + DWORD dirbase; /* Root directory start sector (Cluster# on FAT32) */ + DWORD database; /* Data start sector */ + DWORD fptr; /* File R/W pointer */ + DWORD fsize; /* File size */ + CLUST org_clust; /* File start cluster */ + CLUST curr_clust; /* File current cluster */ + DWORD dsect; /* File current data sector */ +} FATFS; + + + +/* Directory object structure */ + +typedef struct _DIR_ { + WORD index; /* Current read/write index number */ + BYTE* fn; /* Pointer to the SFN (in/out) {file[8],ext[3],status[1]} */ + CLUST sclust; /* Table start cluster (0:Static table) */ + CLUST clust; /* Current cluster */ + DWORD sect; /* Current sector */ +} DIR; + + + +/* File status structure */ + +typedef struct _FILINFO_ { + DWORD fsize; /* File size */ + WORD fdate; /* Last modified date */ + WORD ftime; /* Last modified time */ + BYTE fattrib; /* Attribute */ + char fname[13]; /* File name */ +} FILINFO; + + + +/* File function return code (FRESULT) */ + +typedef enum { + FR_OK = 0, /* 0 */ + FR_DISK_ERR, /* 1 */ + FR_NOT_READY, /* 2 */ + FR_NO_FILE, /* 3 */ + FR_NO_PATH, /* 4 */ + FR_INVALID_NAME, /* 5 */ + FR_STREAM_ERR, /* 6 */ + FR_INVALID_OBJECT, /* 7 */ + FR_NOT_ENABLED, /* 8 */ + FR_NO_FILESYSTEM /* 9 */ +} FRESULT; + + + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Petit FatFs module application interface */ + +FRESULT pf_mount (FATFS*); /* Mount/Unmount a logical drive */ +FRESULT pf_open (const char*); /* Open a file */ +FRESULT pf_read (void*, WORD, WORD*); /* Read data from a file */ +FRESULT pf_lseek (DWORD); /* Move file pointer of a file object */ +FRESULT pf_opendir (DIR*, const char*); /* Open an existing directory */ +FRESULT pf_readdir (DIR*, FILINFO*); /* Read a directory item */ + + + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Flags and offset address */ + +/* File status flag (FATFS.flag) */ + +#define FA_READ 0x01 +#define FA_STREAM 0x40 +#define FA__ERROR 0x80 + + +/* FAT sub type (FATFS.fs_type) */ + +#define FS_FAT12 1 +#define FS_FAT16 2 +#define FS_FAT32 3 + + +/* File attribute bits for directory entry */ + +#define AM_RDO 0x01 /* Read only */ +#define AM_HID 0x02 /* Hidden */ +#define AM_SYS 0x04 /* System */ +#define AM_VOL 0x08 /* Volume label */ +#define AM_LFN 0x0F /* LFN entry */ +#define AM_DIR 0x10 /* Directory */ +#define AM_ARC 0x20 /* Archive */ +#define AM_MASK 0x3F /* Mask of defined bits */ + + +/* FatFs refers the members in the FAT structures with byte offset instead +/ of structure member because there are incompatibility of the packing option +/ between various compilers. */ + +#define BS_jmpBoot 0 +#define BS_OEMName 3 +#define BPB_BytsPerSec 11 +#define BPB_SecPerClus 13 +#define BPB_RsvdSecCnt 14 +#define BPB_NumFATs 16 +#define BPB_RootEntCnt 17 +#define BPB_TotSec16 19 +#define BPB_Media 21 +#define BPB_FATSz16 22 +#define BPB_SecPerTrk 24 +#define BPB_NumHeads 26 +#define BPB_HiddSec 28 +#define BPB_TotSec32 32 +#define BS_55AA 510 + +#define BS_DrvNum 36 +#define BS_BootSig 38 +#define BS_VolID 39 +#define BS_VolLab 43 +#define BS_FilSysType 54 + +#define BPB_FATSz32 36 +#define BPB_ExtFlags 40 +#define BPB_FSVer 42 +#define BPB_RootClus 44 +#define BPB_FSInfo 48 +#define BPB_BkBootSec 50 +#define BS_DrvNum32 64 +#define BS_BootSig32 66 +#define BS_VolID32 67 +#define BS_VolLab32 71 +#define BS_FilSysType32 82 + +#define MBR_Table 446 + +#define DIR_Name 0 +#define DIR_Attr 11 +#define DIR_NTres 12 +#define DIR_CrtTime 14 +#define DIR_CrtDate 16 +#define DIR_FstClusHI 20 +#define DIR_WrtTime 22 +#define DIR_WrtDate 24 +#define DIR_FstClusLO 26 +#define DIR_FileSize 28 + + + +/*--------------------------------*/ +/* Multi-byte word access macros */ + +#if _WORD_ACCESS == 1 /* Enable word access to the FAT structure */ +#define LD_WORD(ptr) (WORD)(*(WORD*)(BYTE*)(ptr)) +#define LD_DWORD(ptr) (DWORD)(*(DWORD*)(BYTE*)(ptr)) +#define ST_WORD(ptr,val) *(WORD*)(BYTE*)(ptr)=(WORD)(val) +#define ST_DWORD(ptr,val) *(DWORD*)(BYTE*)(ptr)=(DWORD)(val) +#else /* Use byte-by-byte access to the FAT structure */ +#define LD_WORD(ptr) (WORD)(((WORD)*(BYTE*)((ptr)+1)<<8)|(WORD)*(BYTE*)(ptr)) +#define LD_DWORD(ptr) (DWORD)(((DWORD)*(BYTE*)((ptr)+3)<<24)|((DWORD)*(BYTE*)((ptr)+2)<<16)|((WORD)*(BYTE*)((ptr)+1)<<8)|*(BYTE*)(ptr)) +#define ST_WORD(ptr,val) *(BYTE*)(ptr)=(BYTE)(val); *(BYTE*)((ptr)+1)=(BYTE)((WORD)(val)>>8) +#define ST_DWORD(ptr,val) *(BYTE*)(ptr)=(BYTE)(val); *(BYTE*)((ptr)+1)=(BYTE)((WORD)(val)>>8); *(BYTE*)((ptr)+2)=(BYTE)((DWORD)(val)>>16); *(BYTE*)((ptr)+3)=(BYTE)((DWORD)(val)>>24) +#endif + + +#endif /* _FATFS */ diff --git a/Projects/Incomplete/StandaloneProgrammer/Lib/ProgrammerConfig.c b/Projects/Incomplete/StandaloneProgrammer/Lib/ProgrammerConfig.c index e43556fa1..63beb1d21 100644 --- a/Projects/Incomplete/StandaloneProgrammer/Lib/ProgrammerConfig.c +++ b/Projects/Incomplete/StandaloneProgrammer/Lib/ProgrammerConfig.c @@ -1,77 +1,77 @@ -/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.fourwalledcubicle.com
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-#include "ProgrammerConfig.h"
-
-struct
-{
- uint16_t SigBytes[4];
- bool EnforceSigBytes;
-
- uint32_t ProgrammingSpeed;
-} ProgrammerConfig;
-
-bool ProgrammerConfig_ProcessConfiguration(void)
-{
- memset(&ProgrammerConfig, sizeof(ProgrammerConfig), 0x00);
-
- if (!(pf_open("CONF.txt") == FR_OK))
- {
- puts(" >> ERROR: CONF.txt File Not Found.\r\n");
- return false;
- }
-
- char LineBuff[100];
- char* CurrentLine;
-
- do
- {
- CurrentLine = fgets(LineBuff, sizeof(LineBuff), &DiskStream);
-
- if (CurrentLine)
- {
- sscanf(CurrentLine, "SIGNATURE = %02x %02x %02x %02x", &ProgrammerConfig.SigBytes[0],
- &ProgrammerConfig.SigBytes[1],
- &ProgrammerConfig.SigBytes[2],
- &ProgrammerConfig.SigBytes[3]);
-
- sscanf(CurrentLine, "SPEED = %lu", &ProgrammerConfig.ProgrammingSpeed);
- }
- } while (CurrentLine);
-
- printf(" >> *** Configuration: ***\r\n");
- printf(" >> Device Signature: 0x%02x 0x%02x 0x%02x 0x%02x\r\n", ProgrammerConfig.SigBytes[0],
- ProgrammerConfig.SigBytes[1],
- ProgrammerConfig.SigBytes[2],
- ProgrammerConfig.SigBytes[3]);
- printf(" >> Programming Speed: %lu Hz\r\n", ProgrammerConfig.ProgrammingSpeed);
-
- return true;
-}
+/* + LUFA Library + Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010. + + dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com + www.fourwalledcubicle.com +*/ + +/* + Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) + + Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this + software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted + without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in + all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this + permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting + documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in + advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the + software without specific, written prior permission. + + The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this + software, including all implied warranties of merchantability + and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any + special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages + whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether + in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, + arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of + this software. +*/ + +#include "ProgrammerConfig.h" + +struct +{ + uint16_t SigBytes[4]; + bool EnforceSigBytes; + + uint32_t ProgrammingSpeed; +} ProgrammerConfig; + +bool ProgrammerConfig_ProcessConfiguration(void) +{ + memset(&ProgrammerConfig, sizeof(ProgrammerConfig), 0x00); + + if (!(pf_open("CONF.txt") == FR_OK)) + { + puts(" >> ERROR: CONF.txt File Not Found.\r\n"); + return false; + } + + char LineBuff[100]; + char* CurrentLine; + + do + { + CurrentLine = fgets(LineBuff, sizeof(LineBuff), &DiskStream); + + if (CurrentLine) + { + sscanf(CurrentLine, "SIGNATURE = %02x %02x %02x %02x", &ProgrammerConfig.SigBytes[0], + &ProgrammerConfig.SigBytes[1], + &ProgrammerConfig.SigBytes[2], + &ProgrammerConfig.SigBytes[3]); + + sscanf(CurrentLine, "SPEED = %lu", &ProgrammerConfig.ProgrammingSpeed); + } + } while (CurrentLine); + + printf(" >> *** Configuration: ***\r\n"); + printf(" >> Device Signature: 0x%02x 0x%02x 0x%02x 0x%02x\r\n", ProgrammerConfig.SigBytes[0], + ProgrammerConfig.SigBytes[1], + ProgrammerConfig.SigBytes[2], + ProgrammerConfig.SigBytes[3]); + printf(" >> Programming Speed: %lu Hz\r\n", ProgrammerConfig.ProgrammingSpeed); + + return true; +} diff --git a/Projects/Incomplete/StandaloneProgrammer/Lib/ProgrammerConfig.h b/Projects/Incomplete/StandaloneProgrammer/Lib/ProgrammerConfig.h index cd0843529..ba6e9add6 100644 --- a/Projects/Incomplete/StandaloneProgrammer/Lib/ProgrammerConfig.h +++ b/Projects/Incomplete/StandaloneProgrammer/Lib/ProgrammerConfig.h @@ -1,44 +1,44 @@ -/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.fourwalledcubicle.com
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-#ifndef _PROGRAMMER_CONFIG_H_
-#define _PROGRAMMER_CONFIG_H_
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include <stdio.h>
- #include <string.h>
- #include <stdbool.h>
-
- #include "../StandaloneProgrammer.h"
-
- /* Function Prototypes: */
- bool ProgrammerConfig_ProcessConfiguration(void);
-
-#endif
+/* + LUFA Library + Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010. + + dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com + www.fourwalledcubicle.com +*/ + +/* + Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) + + Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this + software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted + without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in + all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this + permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting + documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in + advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the + software without specific, written prior permission. + + The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this + software, including all implied warranties of merchantability + and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any + special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages + whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether + in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, + arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of + this software. +*/ + +#ifndef _PROGRAMMER_CONFIG_H_ +#define _PROGRAMMER_CONFIG_H_ + + /* Includes: */ + #include <stdio.h> + #include <string.h> + #include <stdbool.h> + + #include "../StandaloneProgrammer.h" + + /* Function Prototypes: */ + bool ProgrammerConfig_ProcessConfiguration(void); + +#endif diff --git a/Projects/Incomplete/StandaloneProgrammer/Lib/SCSI.c b/Projects/Incomplete/StandaloneProgrammer/Lib/SCSI.c index 7a28cfc3d..402160496 100644 --- a/Projects/Incomplete/StandaloneProgrammer/Lib/SCSI.c +++ b/Projects/Incomplete/StandaloneProgrammer/Lib/SCSI.c @@ -1,283 +1,283 @@ -/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.fourwalledcubicle.com
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *
- * SCSI command processing routines, for SCSI commands issued by the host. Mass Storage
- * devices use a thin "Bulk-Only Transport" protocol for issuing commands and status information,
- * which wrap around standard SCSI device commands for controlling the actual storage medium.
- */
-
-#define INCLUDE_FROM_SCSI_C
-#include "SCSI.h"
-
-#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
-/** Structure to hold the SCSI response data to a SCSI INQUIRY command. This gives information about the device's
- * features and capabilities.
- */
-SCSI_Inquiry_Response_t InquiryData =
- {
- .DeviceType = DEVICE_TYPE_BLOCK,
- .PeripheralQualifier = 0,
-
- .Removable = true,
-
- .Version = 0,
-
- .ResponseDataFormat = 2,
- .NormACA = false,
- .TrmTsk = false,
- .AERC = false,
-
- .AdditionalLength = 0x1F,
-
- .SoftReset = false,
- .CmdQue = false,
- .Linked = false,
- .Sync = false,
- .WideBus16Bit = false,
- .WideBus32Bit = false,
- .RelAddr = false,
-
- .VendorID = "LUFA",
- .ProductID = "Dataflash Disk",
- .RevisionID = {'0','.','0','0'},
- };
-
-/** Structure to hold the sense data for the last issued SCSI command, which is returned to the host after a SCSI REQUEST SENSE
- * command is issued. This gives information on exactly why the last command failed to complete.
- */
-SCSI_Request_Sense_Response_t SenseData =
- {
- .ResponseCode = 0x70,
- .AdditionalLength = 0x0A,
- };
-
-
-/** Main routine to process the SCSI command located in the Command Block Wrapper read from the host. This dispatches
- * to the appropriate SCSI command handling routine if the issued command is supported by the device, else it returns
- * a command failure due to a ILLEGAL REQUEST.
- *
- * \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with
- */
-bool SCSI_DecodeSCSICommand(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo)
-{
- /* Set initial sense data, before the requested command is processed */
- SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_GOOD,
- SCSI_ASENSE_NO_ADDITIONAL_INFORMATION,
- SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER);
-
- /* Run the appropriate SCSI command hander function based on the passed command */
- switch (MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[0])
- {
- case SCSI_CMD_INQUIRY:
- SCSI_Command_Inquiry(MSInterfaceInfo);
- break;
- case SCSI_CMD_REQUEST_SENSE:
- SCSI_Command_Request_Sense(MSInterfaceInfo);
- break;
- case SCSI_CMD_READ_CAPACITY_10:
- SCSI_Command_Read_Capacity_10(MSInterfaceInfo);
- break;
- case SCSI_CMD_SEND_DIAGNOSTIC:
- SCSI_Command_Send_Diagnostic(MSInterfaceInfo);
- break;
- case SCSI_CMD_WRITE_10:
- SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10(MSInterfaceInfo, DATA_WRITE);
- break;
- case SCSI_CMD_READ_10:
- SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10(MSInterfaceInfo, DATA_READ);
- break;
- case SCSI_CMD_TEST_UNIT_READY:
- case SCSI_CMD_PREVENT_ALLOW_MEDIUM_REMOVAL:
- case SCSI_CMD_VERIFY_10:
- /* These commands should just succeed, no handling required */
- MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength = 0;
- break;
- default:
- /* Update the SENSE key to reflect the invalid command */
- SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_ILLEGAL_REQUEST,
- SCSI_ASENSE_INVALID_COMMAND,
- SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER);
- break;
- }
-
- return (SenseData.SenseKey == SCSI_SENSE_KEY_GOOD);
-}
-
-/** Command processing for an issued SCSI INQUIRY command. This command returns information about the device's features
- * and capabilities to the host.
- *
- * \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with
- */
-static void SCSI_Command_Inquiry(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo)
-{
- uint16_t AllocationLength = (((uint16_t)MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[3] << 8) |
- MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[4]);
- uint16_t BytesTransferred = (AllocationLength < sizeof(InquiryData))? AllocationLength :
- sizeof(InquiryData);
-
- /* Only the standard INQUIRY data is supported, check if any optional INQUIRY bits set */
- if ((MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[1] & ((1 << 0) | (1 << 1))) ||
- MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[2])
- {
- /* Optional but unsupported bits set - update the SENSE key and fail the request */
- SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_ILLEGAL_REQUEST,
- SCSI_ASENSE_INVALID_FIELD_IN_CDB,
- SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER);
-
- return;
- }
-
- Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(&InquiryData, BytesTransferred, NO_STREAM_CALLBACK);
-
- uint8_t PadBytes[AllocationLength - BytesTransferred];
-
- /* Pad out remaining bytes with 0x00 */
- Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(&PadBytes, (AllocationLength - BytesTransferred), NO_STREAM_CALLBACK);
-
- /* Finalize the stream transfer to send the last packet */
- Endpoint_ClearIN();
-
- /* Succeed the command and update the bytes transferred counter */
- MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength -= BytesTransferred;
-}
-
-/** Command processing for an issued SCSI REQUEST SENSE command. This command returns information about the last issued command,
- * including the error code and additional error information so that the host can determine why a command failed to complete.
- *
- * \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with
- */
-static void SCSI_Command_Request_Sense(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo)
-{
- uint8_t AllocationLength = MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[4];
- uint8_t BytesTransferred = (AllocationLength < sizeof(SenseData))? AllocationLength : sizeof(SenseData);
-
- uint8_t PadBytes[AllocationLength - BytesTransferred];
-
- Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(&SenseData, BytesTransferred, NO_STREAM_CALLBACK);
- Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(&PadBytes, (AllocationLength - BytesTransferred), NO_STREAM_CALLBACK);
- Endpoint_ClearIN();
-
- /* Succeed the command and update the bytes transferred counter */
- MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength -= BytesTransferred;
-}
-
-/** Command processing for an issued SCSI READ CAPACITY (10) command. This command returns information about the device's capacity
- * on the selected Logical Unit (drive), as a number of OS-sized blocks.
- *
- * \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with
- */
-static void SCSI_Command_Read_Capacity_10(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo)
-{
- uint32_t LastBlockAddressInLUN = (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCKS - 1);
- uint32_t MediaBlockSize = VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE;
-
- Endpoint_Write_Stream_BE(&LastBlockAddressInLUN, sizeof(LastBlockAddressInLUN), NO_STREAM_CALLBACK);
- Endpoint_Write_Stream_BE(&MediaBlockSize, sizeof(MediaBlockSize), NO_STREAM_CALLBACK);
- Endpoint_ClearIN();
-
- /* Succeed the command and update the bytes transferred counter */
- MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength -= 8;
-}
-
-/** Command processing for an issued SCSI SEND DIAGNOSTIC command. This command performs a quick check of the Dataflash ICs on the
- * board, and indicates if they are present and functioning correctly. Only the Self-Test portion of the diagnostic command is
- * supported.
- *
- * \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with
- */
-static void SCSI_Command_Send_Diagnostic(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo)
-{
- /* Check to see if the SELF TEST bit is not set */
- if (!(MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[1] & (1 << 2)))
- {
- /* Only self-test supported - update SENSE key and fail the command */
- SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_ILLEGAL_REQUEST,
- SCSI_ASENSE_INVALID_FIELD_IN_CDB,
- SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER);
-
- return;
- }
-
- /* Check to see if all attached Dataflash ICs are functional */
- if (!(DataflashManager_CheckDataflashOperation()))
- {
- /* Update SENSE key with a hardware error condition and return command fail */
- SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_HARDWARE_ERROR,
- SCSI_ASENSE_NO_ADDITIONAL_INFORMATION,
- SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER);
-
- return;
- }
-
- /* Succeed the command and update the bytes transferred counter */
- MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength = 0;
-}
-
-/** Command processing for an issued SCSI READ (10) or WRITE (10) command. This command reads in the block start address
- * and total number of blocks to process, then calls the appropriate low-level dataflash routine to handle the actual
- * reading and writing of the data.
- *
- * \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with
- * \param[in] IsDataRead Indicates if the command is a READ (10) command or WRITE (10) command (DATA_READ or DATA_WRITE)
- */
-static void SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo, const bool IsDataRead)
-{
- uint32_t BlockAddress;
- uint16_t TotalBlocks;
-
- /* Load in the 32-bit block address (SCSI uses big-endian, so have to reverse the byte order) */
- BlockAddress = SwapEndian_32(*(uint32_t*)&MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[2]);
-
- /* Load in the 16-bit total blocks (SCSI uses big-endian, so have to reverse the byte order) */
- TotalBlocks = SwapEndian_16(*(uint32_t*)&MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[7]);
-
- /* Check if the block address is outside the maximum allowable value for the LUN */
- if (BlockAddress >= VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCKS)
- {
- /* Block address is invalid, update SENSE key and return command fail */
- SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_ILLEGAL_REQUEST,
- SCSI_ASENSE_LOGICAL_BLOCK_ADDRESS_OUT_OF_RANGE,
- SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER);
-
- return;
- }
-
- /* Determine if the packet is a READ (10) or WRITE (10) command, call appropriate function */
- if (IsDataRead == DATA_READ)
- DataflashManager_ReadBlocks(MSInterfaceInfo, BlockAddress, TotalBlocks);
- else
- DataflashManager_WriteBlocks(MSInterfaceInfo, BlockAddress, TotalBlocks);
-
- /* Update the bytes transferred counter and succeed the command */
- MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength -= ((uint32_t)TotalBlocks * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE);
-}
-#endif
+/* + LUFA Library + Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010. + + dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com + www.fourwalledcubicle.com +*/ + +/* + Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) + + Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this + software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted + without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in + all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this + permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting + documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in + advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the + software without specific, written prior permission. + + The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this + software, including all implied warranties of merchantability + and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any + special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages + whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether + in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, + arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of + this software. +*/ + +/** \file + * + * SCSI command processing routines, for SCSI commands issued by the host. Mass Storage + * devices use a thin "Bulk-Only Transport" protocol for issuing commands and status information, + * which wrap around standard SCSI device commands for controlling the actual storage medium. + */ + +#define INCLUDE_FROM_SCSI_C +#include "SCSI.h" + +#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE) +/** Structure to hold the SCSI response data to a SCSI INQUIRY command. This gives information about the device's + * features and capabilities. + */ +SCSI_Inquiry_Response_t InquiryData = + { + .DeviceType = DEVICE_TYPE_BLOCK, + .PeripheralQualifier = 0, + + .Removable = true, + + .Version = 0, + + .ResponseDataFormat = 2, + .NormACA = false, + .TrmTsk = false, + .AERC = false, + + .AdditionalLength = 0x1F, + + .SoftReset = false, + .CmdQue = false, + .Linked = false, + .Sync = false, + .WideBus16Bit = false, + .WideBus32Bit = false, + .RelAddr = false, + + .VendorID = "LUFA", + .ProductID = "Dataflash Disk", + .RevisionID = {'0','.','0','0'}, + }; + +/** Structure to hold the sense data for the last issued SCSI command, which is returned to the host after a SCSI REQUEST SENSE + * command is issued. This gives information on exactly why the last command failed to complete. + */ +SCSI_Request_Sense_Response_t SenseData = + { + .ResponseCode = 0x70, + .AdditionalLength = 0x0A, + }; + + +/** Main routine to process the SCSI command located in the Command Block Wrapper read from the host. This dispatches + * to the appropriate SCSI command handling routine if the issued command is supported by the device, else it returns + * a command failure due to a ILLEGAL REQUEST. + * + * \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with + */ +bool SCSI_DecodeSCSICommand(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo) +{ + /* Set initial sense data, before the requested command is processed */ + SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_GOOD, + SCSI_ASENSE_NO_ADDITIONAL_INFORMATION, + SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER); + + /* Run the appropriate SCSI command hander function based on the passed command */ + switch (MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[0]) + { + case SCSI_CMD_INQUIRY: + SCSI_Command_Inquiry(MSInterfaceInfo); + break; + case SCSI_CMD_REQUEST_SENSE: + SCSI_Command_Request_Sense(MSInterfaceInfo); + break; + case SCSI_CMD_READ_CAPACITY_10: + SCSI_Command_Read_Capacity_10(MSInterfaceInfo); + break; + case SCSI_CMD_SEND_DIAGNOSTIC: + SCSI_Command_Send_Diagnostic(MSInterfaceInfo); + break; + case SCSI_CMD_WRITE_10: + SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10(MSInterfaceInfo, DATA_WRITE); + break; + case SCSI_CMD_READ_10: + SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10(MSInterfaceInfo, DATA_READ); + break; + case SCSI_CMD_TEST_UNIT_READY: + case SCSI_CMD_PREVENT_ALLOW_MEDIUM_REMOVAL: + case SCSI_CMD_VERIFY_10: + /* These commands should just succeed, no handling required */ + MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength = 0; + break; + default: + /* Update the SENSE key to reflect the invalid command */ + SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_ILLEGAL_REQUEST, + SCSI_ASENSE_INVALID_COMMAND, + SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER); + break; + } + + return (SenseData.SenseKey == SCSI_SENSE_KEY_GOOD); +} + +/** Command processing for an issued SCSI INQUIRY command. This command returns information about the device's features + * and capabilities to the host. + * + * \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with + */ +static void SCSI_Command_Inquiry(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo) +{ + uint16_t AllocationLength = (((uint16_t)MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[3] << 8) | + MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[4]); + uint16_t BytesTransferred = (AllocationLength < sizeof(InquiryData))? AllocationLength : + sizeof(InquiryData); + + /* Only the standard INQUIRY data is supported, check if any optional INQUIRY bits set */ + if ((MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[1] & ((1 << 0) | (1 << 1))) || + MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[2]) + { + /* Optional but unsupported bits set - update the SENSE key and fail the request */ + SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_ILLEGAL_REQUEST, + SCSI_ASENSE_INVALID_FIELD_IN_CDB, + SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER); + + return; + } + + Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(&InquiryData, BytesTransferred, NO_STREAM_CALLBACK); + + uint8_t PadBytes[AllocationLength - BytesTransferred]; + + /* Pad out remaining bytes with 0x00 */ + Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(&PadBytes, (AllocationLength - BytesTransferred), NO_STREAM_CALLBACK); + + /* Finalize the stream transfer to send the last packet */ + Endpoint_ClearIN(); + + /* Succeed the command and update the bytes transferred counter */ + MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength -= BytesTransferred; +} + +/** Command processing for an issued SCSI REQUEST SENSE command. This command returns information about the last issued command, + * including the error code and additional error information so that the host can determine why a command failed to complete. + * + * \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with + */ +static void SCSI_Command_Request_Sense(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo) +{ + uint8_t AllocationLength = MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[4]; + uint8_t BytesTransferred = (AllocationLength < sizeof(SenseData))? AllocationLength : sizeof(SenseData); + + uint8_t PadBytes[AllocationLength - BytesTransferred]; + + Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(&SenseData, BytesTransferred, NO_STREAM_CALLBACK); + Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(&PadBytes, (AllocationLength - BytesTransferred), NO_STREAM_CALLBACK); + Endpoint_ClearIN(); + + /* Succeed the command and update the bytes transferred counter */ + MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength -= BytesTransferred; +} + +/** Command processing for an issued SCSI READ CAPACITY (10) command. This command returns information about the device's capacity + * on the selected Logical Unit (drive), as a number of OS-sized blocks. + * + * \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with + */ +static void SCSI_Command_Read_Capacity_10(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo) +{ + uint32_t LastBlockAddressInLUN = (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCKS - 1); + uint32_t MediaBlockSize = VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE; + + Endpoint_Write_Stream_BE(&LastBlockAddressInLUN, sizeof(LastBlockAddressInLUN), NO_STREAM_CALLBACK); + Endpoint_Write_Stream_BE(&MediaBlockSize, sizeof(MediaBlockSize), NO_STREAM_CALLBACK); + Endpoint_ClearIN(); + + /* Succeed the command and update the bytes transferred counter */ + MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength -= 8; +} + +/** Command processing for an issued SCSI SEND DIAGNOSTIC command. This command performs a quick check of the Dataflash ICs on the + * board, and indicates if they are present and functioning correctly. Only the Self-Test portion of the diagnostic command is + * supported. + * + * \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with + */ +static void SCSI_Command_Send_Diagnostic(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo) +{ + /* Check to see if the SELF TEST bit is not set */ + if (!(MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[1] & (1 << 2))) + { + /* Only self-test supported - update SENSE key and fail the command */ + SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_ILLEGAL_REQUEST, + SCSI_ASENSE_INVALID_FIELD_IN_CDB, + SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER); + + return; + } + + /* Check to see if all attached Dataflash ICs are functional */ + if (!(DataflashManager_CheckDataflashOperation())) + { + /* Update SENSE key with a hardware error condition and return command fail */ + SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_HARDWARE_ERROR, + SCSI_ASENSE_NO_ADDITIONAL_INFORMATION, + SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER); + + return; + } + + /* Succeed the command and update the bytes transferred counter */ + MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength = 0; +} + +/** Command processing for an issued SCSI READ (10) or WRITE (10) command. This command reads in the block start address + * and total number of blocks to process, then calls the appropriate low-level dataflash routine to handle the actual + * reading and writing of the data. + * + * \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with + * \param[in] IsDataRead Indicates if the command is a READ (10) command or WRITE (10) command (DATA_READ or DATA_WRITE) + */ +static void SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo, const bool IsDataRead) +{ + uint32_t BlockAddress; + uint16_t TotalBlocks; + + /* Load in the 32-bit block address (SCSI uses big-endian, so have to reverse the byte order) */ + BlockAddress = SwapEndian_32(*(uint32_t*)&MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[2]); + + /* Load in the 16-bit total blocks (SCSI uses big-endian, so have to reverse the byte order) */ + TotalBlocks = SwapEndian_16(*(uint32_t*)&MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[7]); + + /* Check if the block address is outside the maximum allowable value for the LUN */ + if (BlockAddress >= VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCKS) + { + /* Block address is invalid, update SENSE key and return command fail */ + SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_ILLEGAL_REQUEST, + SCSI_ASENSE_LOGICAL_BLOCK_ADDRESS_OUT_OF_RANGE, + SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER); + + return; + } + + /* Determine if the packet is a READ (10) or WRITE (10) command, call appropriate function */ + if (IsDataRead == DATA_READ) + DataflashManager_ReadBlocks(MSInterfaceInfo, BlockAddress, TotalBlocks); + else + DataflashManager_WriteBlocks(MSInterfaceInfo, BlockAddress, TotalBlocks); + + /* Update the bytes transferred counter and succeed the command */ + MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength -= ((uint32_t)TotalBlocks * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE); +} +#endif diff --git a/Projects/Incomplete/StandaloneProgrammer/Lib/SCSI.h b/Projects/Incomplete/StandaloneProgrammer/Lib/SCSI.h index 9d5024c70..8eeed95ed 100644 --- a/Projects/Incomplete/StandaloneProgrammer/Lib/SCSI.h +++ b/Projects/Incomplete/StandaloneProgrammer/Lib/SCSI.h @@ -1,87 +1,87 @@ -/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.fourwalledcubicle.com
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *
- * Header file for SCSI.c.
- */
-
-#ifndef _SCSI_H_
-#define _SCSI_H_
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include <avr/io.h>
- #include <avr/pgmspace.h>
-
- #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
- #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/MassStorage.h>
-
- #include "Descriptors.h"
- #include "DataflashManager.h"
-
- /* Macros: */
- /** Macro to set the current SCSI sense data to the given key, additional sense code and additional sense qualifier. This
- * is for convenience, as it allows for all three sense values (returned upon request to the host to give information about
- * the last command failure) in a quick and easy manner.
- *
- * \param[in] key New SCSI sense key to set the sense code to
- * \param[in] acode New SCSI additional sense key to set the additional sense code to
- * \param[in] aqual New SCSI additional sense key qualifier to set the additional sense qualifier code to
- */
- #define SCSI_SET_SENSE(key, acode, aqual) MACROS{ SenseData.SenseKey = key; \
- SenseData.AdditionalSenseCode = acode; \
- SenseData.AdditionalSenseQualifier = aqual; }MACROE
-
- /** Macro for the SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10() function, to indicate that data is to be read from the storage medium. */
- #define DATA_READ true
-
- /** Macro for the SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10() function, to indicate that data is to be written to the storage medium. */
- #define DATA_WRITE false
-
- /** Value for the DeviceType entry in the SCSI_Inquiry_Response_t enum, indicating a Block Media device. */
- #define DEVICE_TYPE_BLOCK 0x00
-
- /** Value for the DeviceType entry in the SCSI_Inquiry_Response_t enum, indicating a CD-ROM device. */
- #define DEVICE_TYPE_CDROM 0x05
-
- /* Function Prototypes: */
- #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
- bool SCSI_DecodeSCSICommand(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* MSInterfaceInfo);
-
- #if defined(INCLUDE_FROM_SCSI_C)
- static void SCSI_Command_Inquiry(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo);
- static void SCSI_Command_Request_Sense(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo);
- static void SCSI_Command_Read_Capacity_10(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo);
- static void SCSI_Command_Send_Diagnostic(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo);
- static void SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo, const bool IsDataRead);
- #endif
- #endif
-
-#endif
+/* + LUFA Library + Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010. + + dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com + www.fourwalledcubicle.com +*/ + +/* + Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) + + Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this + software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted + without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in + all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this + permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting + documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in + advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the + software without specific, written prior permission. + + The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this + software, including all implied warranties of merchantability + and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any + special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages + whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether + in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, + arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of + this software. +*/ + +/** \file + * + * Header file for SCSI.c. + */ + +#ifndef _SCSI_H_ +#define _SCSI_H_ + + /* Includes: */ + #include <avr/io.h> + #include <avr/pgmspace.h> + + #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h> + #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/MassStorage.h> + + #include "Descriptors.h" + #include "DataflashManager.h" + + /* Macros: */ + /** Macro to set the current SCSI sense data to the given key, additional sense code and additional sense qualifier. This + * is for convenience, as it allows for all three sense values (returned upon request to the host to give information about + * the last command failure) in a quick and easy manner. + * + * \param[in] key New SCSI sense key to set the sense code to + * \param[in] acode New SCSI additional sense key to set the additional sense code to + * \param[in] aqual New SCSI additional sense key qualifier to set the additional sense qualifier code to + */ + #define SCSI_SET_SENSE(key, acode, aqual) MACROS{ SenseData.SenseKey = key; \ + SenseData.AdditionalSenseCode = acode; \ + SenseData.AdditionalSenseQualifier = aqual; }MACROE + + /** Macro for the SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10() function, to indicate that data is to be read from the storage medium. */ + #define DATA_READ true + + /** Macro for the SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10() function, to indicate that data is to be written to the storage medium. */ + #define DATA_WRITE false + + /** Value for the DeviceType entry in the SCSI_Inquiry_Response_t enum, indicating a Block Media device. */ + #define DEVICE_TYPE_BLOCK 0x00 + + /** Value for the DeviceType entry in the SCSI_Inquiry_Response_t enum, indicating a CD-ROM device. */ + #define DEVICE_TYPE_CDROM 0x05 + + /* Function Prototypes: */ + #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE) + bool SCSI_DecodeSCSICommand(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* MSInterfaceInfo); + + #if defined(INCLUDE_FROM_SCSI_C) + static void SCSI_Command_Inquiry(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo); + static void SCSI_Command_Request_Sense(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo); + static void SCSI_Command_Read_Capacity_10(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo); + static void SCSI_Command_Send_Diagnostic(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo); + static void SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo, const bool IsDataRead); + #endif + #endif + +#endif diff --git a/Projects/Incomplete/StandaloneProgrammer/Standalone Programmer.inf b/Projects/Incomplete/StandaloneProgrammer/Standalone Programmer.inf index 9881abc34..8472fefde 100644 --- a/Projects/Incomplete/StandaloneProgrammer/Standalone Programmer.inf +++ b/Projects/Incomplete/StandaloneProgrammer/Standalone Programmer.inf @@ -1,106 +1,106 @@ -;************************************************************
-; Windows USB CDC ACM Setup File
-; Copyright (c) 2000 Microsoft Corporation
-
-
-[Version]
-Signature="$Windows NT$"
-Class=Ports
-ClassGuid={4D36E978-E325-11CE-BFC1-08002BE10318}
-Provider=%MFGNAME%
-LayoutFile=layout.inf
-CatalogFile=%MFGFILENAME%.cat
-DriverVer=11/15/2007,5.1.2600.0
-
-[Manufacturer]
-%MFGNAME%=DeviceList, NTamd64
-
-[DestinationDirs]
-DefaultDestDir=12
-
-
-;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-; Windows 2000/XP/Vista-32bit Sections
-;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-[DriverInstall.nt]
-include=mdmcpq.inf
-CopyFiles=DriverCopyFiles.nt
-AddReg=DriverInstall.nt.AddReg
-
-[DriverCopyFiles.nt]
-usbser.sys,,,0x20
-
-[DriverInstall.nt.AddReg]
-HKR,,DevLoader,,*ntkern
-HKR,,NTMPDriver,,%DRIVERFILENAME%.sys
-HKR,,EnumPropPages32,,"MsPorts.dll,SerialPortPropPageProvider"
-
-[DriverInstall.nt.Services]
-AddService=usbser, 0x00000002, DriverService.nt
-
-[DriverService.nt]
-DisplayName=%SERVICE%
-ServiceType=1
-StartType=3
-ErrorControl=1
-ServiceBinary=%12%\%DRIVERFILENAME%.sys
-
-;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-; Vista-64bit Sections
-;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-[DriverInstall.NTamd64]
-include=mdmcpq.inf
-CopyFiles=DriverCopyFiles.NTamd64
-AddReg=DriverInstall.NTamd64.AddReg
-
-[DriverCopyFiles.NTamd64]
-%DRIVERFILENAME%.sys,,,0x20
-
-[DriverInstall.NTamd64.AddReg]
-HKR,,DevLoader,,*ntkern
-HKR,,NTMPDriver,,%DRIVERFILENAME%.sys
-HKR,,EnumPropPages32,,"MsPorts.dll,SerialPortPropPageProvider"
-
-[DriverInstall.NTamd64.Services]
-AddService=usbser, 0x00000002, DriverService.NTamd64
-
-[DriverService.NTamd64]
-DisplayName=%SERVICE%
-ServiceType=1
-StartType=3
-ErrorControl=1
-ServiceBinary=%12%\%DRIVERFILENAME%.sys
-
-
-;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-; Vendor and Product ID Definitions
-;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-; When developing your USB device, the VID and PID used in the PC side
-; application program and the firmware on the microcontroller must match.
-; Modify the below line to use your VID and PID. Use the format as shown below.
-; Note: One INF file can be used for multiple devices with different VID and PIDs.
-; For each supported device, append ",USB\VID_xxxx&PID_yyyy" to the end of the line.
-;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-[SourceDisksFiles]
-[SourceDisksNames]
-[DeviceList]
-%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_2063&MI_00
-
-[DeviceList.NTamd64]
-%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_2063&MI_00
-
-
-;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-; String Definitions
-;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-;Modify these strings to customize your device
-;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-[Strings]
-MFGFILENAME="CDC_vista"
-DRIVERFILENAME ="usbser"
-MFGNAME="CCS, Inc."
-INSTDISK="LUFA Benito Programmer Driver Installer"
-DESCRIPTION="Communications Port"
+;************************************************************ +; Windows USB CDC ACM Setup File +; Copyright (c) 2000 Microsoft Corporation + + +[Version] +Signature="$Windows NT$" +Class=Ports +ClassGuid={4D36E978-E325-11CE-BFC1-08002BE10318} +Provider=%MFGNAME% +LayoutFile=layout.inf +CatalogFile=%MFGFILENAME%.cat +DriverVer=11/15/2007,5.1.2600.0 + +[Manufacturer] +%MFGNAME%=DeviceList, NTamd64 + +[DestinationDirs] +DefaultDestDir=12 + + +;------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +; Windows 2000/XP/Vista-32bit Sections +;------------------------------------------------------------------------------ + +[DriverInstall.nt] +include=mdmcpq.inf +CopyFiles=DriverCopyFiles.nt +AddReg=DriverInstall.nt.AddReg + +[DriverCopyFiles.nt] +usbser.sys,,,0x20 + +[DriverInstall.nt.AddReg] +HKR,,DevLoader,,*ntkern +HKR,,NTMPDriver,,%DRIVERFILENAME%.sys +HKR,,EnumPropPages32,,"MsPorts.dll,SerialPortPropPageProvider" + +[DriverInstall.nt.Services] +AddService=usbser, 0x00000002, DriverService.nt + +[DriverService.nt] +DisplayName=%SERVICE% +ServiceType=1 +StartType=3 +ErrorControl=1 +ServiceBinary=%12%\%DRIVERFILENAME%.sys + +;------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +; Vista-64bit Sections +;------------------------------------------------------------------------------ + +[DriverInstall.NTamd64] +include=mdmcpq.inf +CopyFiles=DriverCopyFiles.NTamd64 +AddReg=DriverInstall.NTamd64.AddReg + +[DriverCopyFiles.NTamd64] +%DRIVERFILENAME%.sys,,,0x20 + +[DriverInstall.NTamd64.AddReg] +HKR,,DevLoader,,*ntkern +HKR,,NTMPDriver,,%DRIVERFILENAME%.sys +HKR,,EnumPropPages32,,"MsPorts.dll,SerialPortPropPageProvider" + +[DriverInstall.NTamd64.Services] +AddService=usbser, 0x00000002, DriverService.NTamd64 + +[DriverService.NTamd64] +DisplayName=%SERVICE% +ServiceType=1 +StartType=3 +ErrorControl=1 +ServiceBinary=%12%\%DRIVERFILENAME%.sys + + +;------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +; Vendor and Product ID Definitions +;------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +; When developing your USB device, the VID and PID used in the PC side +; application program and the firmware on the microcontroller must match. +; Modify the below line to use your VID and PID. Use the format as shown below. +; Note: One INF file can be used for multiple devices with different VID and PIDs. +; For each supported device, append ",USB\VID_xxxx&PID_yyyy" to the end of the line. +;------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +[SourceDisksFiles] +[SourceDisksNames] +[DeviceList] +%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_2063&MI_00 + +[DeviceList.NTamd64] +%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_2063&MI_00 + + +;------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +; String Definitions +;------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +;Modify these strings to customize your device +;------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +[Strings] +MFGFILENAME="CDC_vista" +DRIVERFILENAME ="usbser" +MFGNAME="CCS, Inc." +INSTDISK="LUFA Benito Programmer Driver Installer" +DESCRIPTION="Communications Port" SERVICE="USB RS-232 Emulation Driver"
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Projects/Incomplete/StandaloneProgrammer/StandaloneProgrammer.c b/Projects/Incomplete/StandaloneProgrammer/StandaloneProgrammer.c index 239eb7137..4db5a568a 100644 --- a/Projects/Incomplete/StandaloneProgrammer/StandaloneProgrammer.c +++ b/Projects/Incomplete/StandaloneProgrammer/StandaloneProgrammer.c @@ -1,161 +1,161 @@ -/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.fourwalledcubicle.com
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *
- * Main source file for the Standalone Programmer project. This file contains the main tasks of
- * the demo and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
- */
-
-#define INCLUDE_FROM_STANDALONEPROG_C
-#include "StandaloneProgrammer.h"
-
-/** Standard file stream for the currently open file on the disk. */
-FILE DiskStream = FDEV_SETUP_STREAM(NULL, Disk_getchar, _FDEV_SETUP_READ);
-
-/** Petite FAT Fs structure to hold the internal state of the FAT driver for the dataflash contents. */
-FATFS DiskFATState;
-
-/** Stream character fetching routine for the FAT driver so that characters from the currently open file can be
- * read in sequence when applied to a stdio stream.
- */
-static int Disk_getchar(FILE* Stream)
-{
- char ReadByte;
- WORD ByteWasRead;
-
- if (pf_read(&ReadByte, 1, &ByteWasRead) != FR_OK)
- return _FDEV_ERR;
-
- return (ByteWasRead ? ReadByte : _FDEV_EOF);
-}
-
-#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH)
-/** Event to handle mode changes in the library, to clear the FAT library's drive state structure when transitioning
- * between modes. This ensures that the library always works with current disk data.
- */
-void EVENT_USB_UIDChange(void)
-{
- pf_mount(&DiskFATState);
-}
-#endif
-
-/** Task to determine if the user is wishes to start the programming sequence, and if so executes the
- * required functions to program the attached target (if any) with the files loaded to the dataflash.
- */
-void Programmer_Task(void)
-{
- static bool HasAttempted = false;
-
- if (Buttons_GetStatus() & BUTTONS_BUTTON1)
- {
- if (!(HasAttempted))
- HasAttempted = true;
- else
- return;
-
- puts("==== PROGRAMMING CYCLE STARTED ====\r\n");
-
- #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH)
- printf("Using %s Drive...\r\n", (USB_CurrentMode == USB_MODE_HOST) ? "External" : "Internal");
- #endif
-
- puts("Reading Configuration File...\r\n");
- if (!(ProgrammerConfig_ProcessConfiguration()))
- goto EndOfProgCycle;
-
- EndOfProgCycle:
- puts("==== PROGRAMMING CYCLE FINISHED ====\r\n");
- }
- else
- {
- HasAttempted = false;
- }
-}
-
-/** Main program entry point. This routine contains the overall program flow, including initial
- * setup of all components and the main program loop.
- */
-int main(void)
-{
- SetupHardware();
-
- LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
- sei();
-
- for (;;)
- {
- Programmer_Task();
-
- if (USB_CurrentMode == USB_MODE_HOST)
- {
- #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
- DiskHost_USBTask();
- #endif
- }
- else
- {
- #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
- DiskDevice_USBTask();
- #endif
- }
-
- USB_USBTask();
- }
-}
-
-/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
-void SetupHardware(void)
-{
- /* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
- MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
- wdt_disable();
-
- /* Disable clock division */
- clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
-
- /* Hardware Initialization */
- #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH)
- USB_Init(USB_MODE_UID);
- #else
- USB_Init();
- #endif
-
- LEDs_Init();
- SPI_Init(SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_2 | SPI_SCK_LEAD_FALLING | SPI_SAMPLE_TRAILING | SPI_MODE_MASTER);
- Dataflash_Init();
- Buttons_Init();
- SerialStream_Init(9600, true);
-
- #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
- /* Clear Dataflash sector protections, if enabled */
- DataflashManager_ResetDataflashProtections();
- #endif
-}
+/* + LUFA Library + Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010. + + dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com + www.fourwalledcubicle.com +*/ + +/* + Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) + + Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this + software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted + without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in + all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this + permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting + documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in + advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the + software without specific, written prior permission. + + The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this + software, including all implied warranties of merchantability + and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any + special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages + whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether + in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, + arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of + this software. +*/ + +/** \file + * + * Main source file for the Standalone Programmer project. This file contains the main tasks of + * the demo and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration. + */ + +#define INCLUDE_FROM_STANDALONEPROG_C +#include "StandaloneProgrammer.h" + +/** Standard file stream for the currently open file on the disk. */ +FILE DiskStream = FDEV_SETUP_STREAM(NULL, Disk_getchar, _FDEV_SETUP_READ); + +/** Petite FAT Fs structure to hold the internal state of the FAT driver for the dataflash contents. */ +FATFS DiskFATState; + +/** Stream character fetching routine for the FAT driver so that characters from the currently open file can be + * read in sequence when applied to a stdio stream. + */ +static int Disk_getchar(FILE* Stream) +{ + char ReadByte; + WORD ByteWasRead; + + if (pf_read(&ReadByte, 1, &ByteWasRead) != FR_OK) + return _FDEV_ERR; + + return (ByteWasRead ? ReadByte : _FDEV_EOF); +} + +#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH) +/** Event to handle mode changes in the library, to clear the FAT library's drive state structure when transitioning + * between modes. This ensures that the library always works with current disk data. + */ +void EVENT_USB_UIDChange(void) +{ + pf_mount(&DiskFATState); +} +#endif + +/** Task to determine if the user is wishes to start the programming sequence, and if so executes the + * required functions to program the attached target (if any) with the files loaded to the dataflash. + */ +void Programmer_Task(void) +{ + static bool HasAttempted = false; + + if (Buttons_GetStatus() & BUTTONS_BUTTON1) + { + if (!(HasAttempted)) + HasAttempted = true; + else + return; + + puts("==== PROGRAMMING CYCLE STARTED ====\r\n"); + + #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH) + printf("Using %s Drive...\r\n", (USB_CurrentMode == USB_MODE_HOST) ? "External" : "Internal"); + #endif + + puts("Reading Configuration File...\r\n"); + if (!(ProgrammerConfig_ProcessConfiguration())) + goto EndOfProgCycle; + + EndOfProgCycle: + puts("==== PROGRAMMING CYCLE FINISHED ====\r\n"); + } + else + { + HasAttempted = false; + } +} + +/** Main program entry point. This routine contains the overall program flow, including initial + * setup of all components and the main program loop. + */ +int main(void) +{ + SetupHardware(); + + LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY); + sei(); + + for (;;) + { + Programmer_Task(); + + if (USB_CurrentMode == USB_MODE_HOST) + { + #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST) + DiskHost_USBTask(); + #endif + } + else + { + #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE) + DiskDevice_USBTask(); + #endif + } + + USB_USBTask(); + } +} + +/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */ +void SetupHardware(void) +{ + /* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */ + MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF); + wdt_disable(); + + /* Disable clock division */ + clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1); + + /* Hardware Initialization */ + #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH) + USB_Init(USB_MODE_UID); + #else + USB_Init(); + #endif + + LEDs_Init(); + SPI_Init(SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_2 | SPI_SCK_LEAD_FALLING | SPI_SAMPLE_TRAILING | SPI_MODE_MASTER); + Dataflash_Init(); + Buttons_Init(); + SerialStream_Init(9600, true); + + #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE) + /* Clear Dataflash sector protections, if enabled */ + DataflashManager_ResetDataflashProtections(); + #endif +} diff --git a/Projects/Incomplete/StandaloneProgrammer/StandaloneProgrammer.h b/Projects/Incomplete/StandaloneProgrammer/StandaloneProgrammer.h index f61e369eb..dff45fcb2 100644 --- a/Projects/Incomplete/StandaloneProgrammer/StandaloneProgrammer.h +++ b/Projects/Incomplete/StandaloneProgrammer/StandaloneProgrammer.h @@ -1,88 +1,88 @@ -/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.fourwalledcubicle.com
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *
- * Header file for StandaloneProgrammer.c.
- */
-
-#ifndef _STANDALONE_PROG_H_
-#define _STANDALONE_PROG_H_
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include <avr/io.h>
- #include <avr/wdt.h>
- #include <avr/power.h>
- #include <avr/interrupt.h>
- #include <stdio.h>
-
- #include "DiskDevice.h"
- #include "DiskHost.h"
-
- #include "Lib/SCSI.h"
- #include "Lib/DataflashManager.h"
- #include "Lib/ProgrammerConfig.h"
- #include "Lib/PetiteFATFs/pff.h"
-
- #include <LUFA/Version.h>
- #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h>
- #include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/SerialStream.h>
-
- /* Macros: */
- /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
- #define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1
-
- /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
- #define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
-
- /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
- #define LEDMASK_USB_READY (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
-
- /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
- #define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
-
- /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is busy. */
- #define LEDMASK_USB_BUSY LEDS_LED2
-
- /* External Variables: */
- extern FILE DiskStream;
- extern FATFS DiskFATState;
-
- /* Function Prototypes: */
- #if defined(INCLUDE_FROM_STANDALONEPROG_C)
- static int Disk_getchar(FILE* Stream);
- #endif
-
- void EVENT_USB_UIDChange(void);
-
- void SetupHardware(void);
- void Programmer_Task(void);
-
-#endif
+/* + LUFA Library + Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010. + + dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com + www.fourwalledcubicle.com +*/ + +/* + Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) + + Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this + software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted + without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in + all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this + permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting + documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in + advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the + software without specific, written prior permission. + + The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this + software, including all implied warranties of merchantability + and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any + special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages + whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether + in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, + arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of + this software. +*/ + +/** \file + * + * Header file for StandaloneProgrammer.c. + */ + +#ifndef _STANDALONE_PROG_H_ +#define _STANDALONE_PROG_H_ + + /* Includes: */ + #include <avr/io.h> + #include <avr/wdt.h> + #include <avr/power.h> + #include <avr/interrupt.h> + #include <stdio.h> + + #include "DiskDevice.h" + #include "DiskHost.h" + + #include "Lib/SCSI.h" + #include "Lib/DataflashManager.h" + #include "Lib/ProgrammerConfig.h" + #include "Lib/PetiteFATFs/pff.h" + + #include <LUFA/Version.h> + #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h> + #include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/SerialStream.h> + + /* Macros: */ + /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */ + #define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1 + + /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */ + #define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3) + + /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */ + #define LEDMASK_USB_READY (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4) + + /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */ + #define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3) + + /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is busy. */ + #define LEDMASK_USB_BUSY LEDS_LED2 + + /* External Variables: */ + extern FILE DiskStream; + extern FATFS DiskFATState; + + /* Function Prototypes: */ + #if defined(INCLUDE_FROM_STANDALONEPROG_C) + static int Disk_getchar(FILE* Stream); + #endif + + void EVENT_USB_UIDChange(void); + + void SetupHardware(void); + void Programmer_Task(void); + +#endif diff --git a/Projects/Incomplete/StandaloneProgrammer/makefile b/Projects/Incomplete/StandaloneProgrammer/makefile index b21645237..c5ac77047 100644 --- a/Projects/Incomplete/StandaloneProgrammer/makefile +++ b/Projects/Incomplete/StandaloneProgrammer/makefile @@ -1,747 +1,747 @@ -# Hey Emacs, this is a -*- makefile -*-
-#----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# WinAVR Makefile Template written by Eric B. Weddington, Jörg Wunsch, et al.
-# >> Modified for use with the LUFA project. <<
-#
-# Released to the Public Domain
-#
-# Additional material for this makefile was written by:
-# Peter Fleury
-# Tim Henigan
-# Colin O'Flynn
-# Reiner Patommel
-# Markus Pfaff
-# Sander Pool
-# Frederik Rouleau
-# Carlos Lamas
-# Dean Camera
-# Opendous Inc.
-# Denver Gingerich
-#
-#----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# On command line:
-#
-# make all = Make software.
-#
-# make clean = Clean out built project files.
-#
-# make coff = Convert ELF to AVR COFF.
-#
-# make extcoff = Convert ELF to AVR Extended COFF.
-#
-# make program = Download the hex file to the device, using avrdude.
-# Please customize the avrdude settings below first!
-#
-# make dfu = Download the hex file to the device, using dfu-programmer (must
-# have dfu-programmer installed).
-#
-# make flip = Download the hex file to the device, using Atmel FLIP (must
-# have Atmel FLIP installed).
-#
-# make dfu-ee = Download the eeprom file to the device, using dfu-programmer
-# (must have dfu-programmer installed).
-#
-# make flip-ee = Download the eeprom file to the device, using Atmel FLIP
-# (must have Atmel FLIP installed).
-#
-# make doxygen = Generate DoxyGen documentation for the project (must have
-# DoxyGen installed)
-#
-# make debug = Start either simulavr or avarice as specified for debugging,
-# with avr-gdb or avr-insight as the front end for debugging.
-#
-# make filename.s = Just compile filename.c into the assembler code only.
-#
-# make filename.i = Create a preprocessed source file for use in submitting
-# bug reports to the GCC project.
-#
-# To rebuild project do "make clean" then "make all".
-#----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-
-# MCU name
-MCU = at90usb1287
-
-
-# Target board (see library "Board Types" documentation, NONE for projects not requiring
-# LUFA board drivers). If USER is selected, put custom board drivers in a directory called
-# "Board" inside the application directory.
-BOARD = USBKEY
-
-
-# Processor frequency.
-# This will define a symbol, F_CPU, in all source code files equal to the
-# processor frequency in Hz. You can then use this symbol in your source code to
-# calculate timings. Do NOT tack on a 'UL' at the end, this will be done
-# automatically to create a 32-bit value in your source code.
-#
-# This will be an integer division of F_CLOCK below, as it is sourced by
-# F_CLOCK after it has run through any CPU prescalers. Note that this value
-# does not *change* the processor frequency - it should merely be updated to
-# reflect the processor speed set externally so that the code can use accurate
-# software delays.
-F_CPU = 8000000
-
-
-# Input clock frequency.
-# This will define a symbol, F_CLOCK, in all source code files equal to the
-# input clock frequency (before any prescaling is performed) in Hz. This value may
-# differ from F_CPU if prescaling is used on the latter, and is required as the
-# raw input clock is fed directly to the PLL sections of the AVR for high speed
-# clock generation for the USB and other AVR subsections. Do NOT tack on a 'UL'
-# at the end, this will be done automatically to create a 32-bit value in your
-# source code.
-#
-# If no clock division is performed on the input clock inside the AVR (via the
-# CPU clock adjust registers or the clock division fuses), this will be equal to F_CPU.
-F_CLOCK = $(F_CPU)
-
-
-# Output format. (can be srec, ihex, binary)
-FORMAT = ihex
-
-
-# Target file name (without extension).
-TARGET = StandaloneProgrammer
-
-
-# Object files directory
-# To put object files in current directory, use a dot (.), do NOT make
-# this an empty or blank macro!
-OBJDIR = .
-
-
-# Path to the LUFA library
-LUFA_PATH = ../../../
-
-
-# LUFA library compile-time options
-LUFA_OPTS += -D FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE=8
-LUFA_OPTS += -D FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS=1
-LUFA_OPTS += -D USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
-LUFA_OPTS += -D USE_STATIC_OPTIONS="(USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)"
-LUFA_OPTS += -D INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
-
-
-# List C source files here. (C dependencies are automatically generated.)
-SRC = $(TARGET).c \
- Descriptors.c \
- DiskHost.c \
- DiskDevice.c \
- Lib/SCSI.c \
- Lib/DataflashManager.c \
- Lib/ProgrammerConfig.c \
- Lib/PetiteFATFs/diskio.c \
- Lib/PetiteFATFs/pff.c \
- $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.c \
- $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/SerialStream.c \
- $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/DevChapter9.c \
- $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/Endpoint.c \
- $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/Host.c \
- $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/HostChapter9.c \
- $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/LowLevel.c \
- $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/Pipe.c \
- $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/USBInterrupt.c \
- $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/ConfigDescriptor.c \
- $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/Events.c \
- $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/USBTask.c \
- $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/MassStorage.c \
- $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/MassStorage.c \
-
-
-# List C++ source files here. (C dependencies are automatically generated.)
-CPPSRC =
-
-
-# List Assembler source files here.
-# Make them always end in a capital .S. Files ending in a lowercase .s
-# will not be considered source files but generated files (assembler
-# output from the compiler), and will be deleted upon "make clean"!
-# Even though the DOS/Win* filesystem matches both .s and .S the same,
-# it will preserve the spelling of the filenames, and gcc itself does
-# care about how the name is spelled on its command-line.
-ASRC =
-
-
-# Optimization level, can be [0, 1, 2, 3, s].
-# 0 = turn off optimization. s = optimize for size.
-# (Note: 3 is not always the best optimization level. See avr-libc FAQ.)
-OPT = s
-
-
-# Debugging format.
-# Native formats for AVR-GCC's -g are dwarf-2 [default] or stabs.
-# AVR Studio 4.10 requires dwarf-2.
-# AVR [Extended] COFF format requires stabs, plus an avr-objcopy run.
-DEBUG = dwarf-2
-
-
-# List any extra directories to look for include files here.
-# Each directory must be seperated by a space.
-# Use forward slashes for directory separators.
-# For a directory that has spaces, enclose it in quotes.
-EXTRAINCDIRS = $(LUFA_PATH)/
-
-
-# Compiler flag to set the C Standard level.
-# c89 = "ANSI" C
-# gnu89 = c89 plus GCC extensions
-# c99 = ISO C99 standard (not yet fully implemented)
-# gnu99 = c99 plus GCC extensions
-CSTANDARD = -std=gnu99
-
-
-# Place -D or -U options here for C sources
-CDEFS = -DF_CPU=$(F_CPU)UL -DF_CLOCK=$(F_CLOCK)UL -DBOARD=BOARD_$(BOARD) $(LUFA_OPTS)
-
-
-# Place -D or -U options here for ASM sources
-ADEFS = -DF_CPU=$(F_CPU)
-
-
-# Place -D or -U options here for C++ sources
-CPPDEFS = -DF_CPU=$(F_CPU)UL
-#CPPDEFS += -D__STDC_LIMIT_MACROS
-#CPPDEFS += -D__STDC_CONSTANT_MACROS
-
-
-
-#---------------- Compiler Options C ----------------
-# -g*: generate debugging information
-# -O*: optimization level
-# -f...: tuning, see GCC manual and avr-libc documentation
-# -Wall...: warning level
-# -Wa,...: tell GCC to pass this to the assembler.
-# -adhlns...: create assembler listing
-CFLAGS = -g$(DEBUG)
-CFLAGS += $(CDEFS)
-CFLAGS += -O$(OPT)
-CFLAGS += -funsigned-char
-CFLAGS += -funsigned-bitfields
-CFLAGS += -ffunction-sections
-CFLAGS += -fno-inline-small-functions
-CFLAGS += -fpack-struct
-CFLAGS += -fshort-enums
-CFLAGS += -Wall
-CFLAGS += -Wstrict-prototypes
-CFLAGS += -Wundef
-#CFLAGS += -fno-unit-at-a-time
-#CFLAGS += -Wunreachable-code
-#CFLAGS += -Wsign-compare
-CFLAGS += -Wa,-adhlns=$(<:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst)
-CFLAGS += $(patsubst %,-I%,$(EXTRAINCDIRS))
-CFLAGS += $(CSTANDARD)
-
-
-#---------------- Compiler Options C++ ----------------
-# -g*: generate debugging information
-# -O*: optimization level
-# -f...: tuning, see GCC manual and avr-libc documentation
-# -Wall...: warning level
-# -Wa,...: tell GCC to pass this to the assembler.
-# -adhlns...: create assembler listing
-CPPFLAGS = -g$(DEBUG)
-CPPFLAGS += $(CPPDEFS)
-CPPFLAGS += -O$(OPT)
-CPPFLAGS += -funsigned-char
-CPPFLAGS += -funsigned-bitfields
-CPPFLAGS += -fpack-struct
-CPPFLAGS += -fshort-enums
-CPPFLAGS += -fno-exceptions
-CPPFLAGS += -Wall
-CFLAGS += -Wundef
-#CPPFLAGS += -mshort-calls
-#CPPFLAGS += -fno-unit-at-a-time
-#CPPFLAGS += -Wstrict-prototypes
-#CPPFLAGS += -Wunreachable-code
-#CPPFLAGS += -Wsign-compare
-CPPFLAGS += -Wa,-adhlns=$(<:%.cpp=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst)
-CPPFLAGS += $(patsubst %,-I%,$(EXTRAINCDIRS))
-#CPPFLAGS += $(CSTANDARD)
-
-
-#---------------- Assembler Options ----------------
-# -Wa,...: tell GCC to pass this to the assembler.
-# -adhlns: create listing
-# -gstabs: have the assembler create line number information; note that
-# for use in COFF files, additional information about filenames
-# and function names needs to be present in the assembler source
-# files -- see avr-libc docs [FIXME: not yet described there]
-# -listing-cont-lines: Sets the maximum number of continuation lines of hex
-# dump that will be displayed for a given single line of source input.
-ASFLAGS = $(ADEFS) -Wa,-adhlns=$(<:%.S=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst),-gstabs,--listing-cont-lines=100
-
-
-#---------------- Library Options ----------------
-# Minimalistic printf version
-PRINTF_LIB_MIN = -Wl,-u,vfprintf -lprintf_min
-
-# Floating point printf version (requires MATH_LIB = -lm below)
-PRINTF_LIB_FLOAT = -Wl,-u,vfprintf -lprintf_flt
-
-# If this is left blank, then it will use the Standard printf version.
-PRINTF_LIB =
-#PRINTF_LIB = $(PRINTF_LIB_MIN)
-#PRINTF_LIB = $(PRINTF_LIB_FLOAT)
-
-
-# Minimalistic scanf version
-SCANF_LIB_MIN = -Wl,-u,vfscanf -lscanf_min
-
-# Floating point + %[ scanf version (requires MATH_LIB = -lm below)
-SCANF_LIB_FLOAT = -Wl,-u,vfscanf -lscanf_flt
-
-# If this is left blank, then it will use the Standard scanf version.
-SCANF_LIB =
-#SCANF_LIB = $(SCANF_LIB_MIN)
-#SCANF_LIB = $(SCANF_LIB_FLOAT)
-
-
-MATH_LIB = -lm
-
-
-# List any extra directories to look for libraries here.
-# Each directory must be seperated by a space.
-# Use forward slashes for directory separators.
-# For a directory that has spaces, enclose it in quotes.
-EXTRALIBDIRS =
-
-
-
-#---------------- External Memory Options ----------------
-
-# 64 KB of external RAM, starting after internal RAM (ATmega128!),
-# used for variables (.data/.bss) and heap (malloc()).
-#EXTMEMOPTS = -Wl,-Tdata=0x801100,--defsym=__heap_end=0x80ffff
-
-# 64 KB of external RAM, starting after internal RAM (ATmega128!),
-# only used for heap (malloc()).
-#EXTMEMOPTS = -Wl,--section-start,.data=0x801100,--defsym=__heap_end=0x80ffff
-
-EXTMEMOPTS =
-
-
-
-#---------------- Linker Options ----------------
-# -Wl,...: tell GCC to pass this to linker.
-# -Map: create map file
-# --cref: add cross reference to map file
-LDFLAGS = -Wl,-Map=$(TARGET).map,--cref
-LDFLAGS += -Wl,--relax
-LDFLAGS += -Wl,--gc-sections
-LDFLAGS += $(EXTMEMOPTS)
-LDFLAGS += $(patsubst %,-L%,$(EXTRALIBDIRS))
-LDFLAGS += $(PRINTF_LIB) $(SCANF_LIB) $(MATH_LIB)
-#LDFLAGS += -T linker_script.x
-
-
-
-#---------------- Programming Options (avrdude) ----------------
-
-# Programming hardware: alf avr910 avrisp bascom bsd
-# dt006 pavr picoweb pony-stk200 sp12 stk200 stk500
-#
-# Type: avrdude -c ?
-# to get a full listing.
-#
-AVRDUDE_PROGRAMMER = jtagmkII
-
-# com1 = serial port. Use lpt1 to connect to parallel port.
-AVRDUDE_PORT = usb
-
-AVRDUDE_WRITE_FLASH = -U flash:w:$(TARGET).hex
-#AVRDUDE_WRITE_EEPROM = -U eeprom:w:$(TARGET).eep
-
-
-# Uncomment the following if you want avrdude's erase cycle counter.
-# Note that this counter needs to be initialized first using -Yn,
-# see avrdude manual.
-#AVRDUDE_ERASE_COUNTER = -y
-
-# Uncomment the following if you do /not/ wish a verification to be
-# performed after programming the device.
-#AVRDUDE_NO_VERIFY = -V
-
-# Increase verbosity level. Please use this when submitting bug
-# reports about avrdude. See <http://savannah.nongnu.org/projects/avrdude>
-# to submit bug reports.
-#AVRDUDE_VERBOSE = -v -v
-
-AVRDUDE_FLAGS = -p $(MCU) -P $(AVRDUDE_PORT) -c $(AVRDUDE_PROGRAMMER)
-AVRDUDE_FLAGS += $(AVRDUDE_NO_VERIFY)
-AVRDUDE_FLAGS += $(AVRDUDE_VERBOSE)
-AVRDUDE_FLAGS += $(AVRDUDE_ERASE_COUNTER)
-
-
-
-#---------------- Debugging Options ----------------
-
-# For simulavr only - target MCU frequency.
-DEBUG_MFREQ = $(F_CPU)
-
-# Set the DEBUG_UI to either gdb or insight.
-# DEBUG_UI = gdb
-DEBUG_UI = insight
-
-# Set the debugging back-end to either avarice, simulavr.
-DEBUG_BACKEND = avarice
-#DEBUG_BACKEND = simulavr
-
-# GDB Init Filename.
-GDBINIT_FILE = __avr_gdbinit
-
-# When using avarice settings for the JTAG
-JTAG_DEV = /dev/com1
-
-# Debugging port used to communicate between GDB / avarice / simulavr.
-DEBUG_PORT = 4242
-
-# Debugging host used to communicate between GDB / avarice / simulavr, normally
-# just set to localhost unless doing some sort of crazy debugging when
-# avarice is running on a different computer.
-DEBUG_HOST = localhost
-
-
-
-#============================================================================
-
-
-# Define programs and commands.
-SHELL = sh
-CC = avr-gcc
-OBJCOPY = avr-objcopy
-OBJDUMP = avr-objdump
-SIZE = avr-size
-AR = avr-ar rcs
-NM = avr-nm
-AVRDUDE = avrdude
-REMOVE = rm -f
-REMOVEDIR = rm -rf
-COPY = cp
-WINSHELL = cmd
-
-# Define Messages
-# English
-MSG_ERRORS_NONE = Errors: none
-MSG_BEGIN = -------- begin --------
-MSG_END = -------- end --------
-MSG_SIZE_BEFORE = Size before:
-MSG_SIZE_AFTER = Size after:
-MSG_COFF = Converting to AVR COFF:
-MSG_EXTENDED_COFF = Converting to AVR Extended COFF:
-MSG_FLASH = Creating load file for Flash:
-MSG_EEPROM = Creating load file for EEPROM:
-MSG_EXTENDED_LISTING = Creating Extended Listing:
-MSG_SYMBOL_TABLE = Creating Symbol Table:
-MSG_LINKING = Linking:
-MSG_COMPILING = Compiling C:
-MSG_COMPILING_CPP = Compiling C++:
-MSG_ASSEMBLING = Assembling:
-MSG_CLEANING = Cleaning project:
-MSG_CREATING_LIBRARY = Creating library:
-
-
-
-
-# Define all object files.
-OBJ = $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.o) $(CPPSRC:%.cpp=$(OBJDIR)/%.o) $(ASRC:%.S=$(OBJDIR)/%.o)
-
-# Define all listing files.
-LST = $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst) $(CPPSRC:%.cpp=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst) $(ASRC:%.S=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst)
-
-
-# Compiler flags to generate dependency files.
-GENDEPFLAGS = -MMD -MP -MF .dep/$(@F).d
-
-
-# Combine all necessary flags and optional flags.
-# Add target processor to flags.
-ALL_CFLAGS = -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. $(CFLAGS) $(GENDEPFLAGS)
-ALL_CPPFLAGS = -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. -x c++ $(CPPFLAGS) $(GENDEPFLAGS)
-ALL_ASFLAGS = -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. -x assembler-with-cpp $(ASFLAGS)
-
-
-
-
-
-# Default target.
-all: begin gccversion sizebefore build checkinvalidevents showliboptions showtarget sizeafter end
-
-# Change the build target to build a HEX file or a library.
-build: elf hex eep lss sym
-#build: lib
-
-
-elf: $(TARGET).elf
-hex: $(TARGET).hex
-eep: $(TARGET).eep
-lss: $(TARGET).lss
-sym: $(TARGET).sym
-LIBNAME=lib$(TARGET).a
-lib: $(LIBNAME)
-
-
-
-# Eye candy.
-# AVR Studio 3.x does not check make's exit code but relies on
-# the following magic strings to be generated by the compile job.
-begin:
- @echo
- @echo $(MSG_BEGIN)
-
-end:
- @echo $(MSG_END)
- @echo
-
-
-# Display size of file.
-HEXSIZE = $(SIZE) --target=$(FORMAT) $(TARGET).hex
-ELFSIZE = $(SIZE) $(MCU_FLAG) $(FORMAT_FLAG) $(TARGET).elf
-MCU_FLAG = $(shell $(SIZE) --help | grep -- --mcu > /dev/null && echo --mcu=$(MCU) )
-FORMAT_FLAG = $(shell $(SIZE) --help | grep -- --format=.*avr > /dev/null && echo --format=avr )
-
-sizebefore:
- @if test -f $(TARGET).elf; then echo; echo $(MSG_SIZE_BEFORE); $(ELFSIZE); \
- 2>/dev/null; echo; fi
-
-sizeafter:
- @if test -f $(TARGET).elf; then echo; echo $(MSG_SIZE_AFTER); $(ELFSIZE); \
- 2>/dev/null; echo; fi
-
-$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/LUFA_Events.lst:
- @$(MAKE) -C $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/ LUFA_Events.lst
-
-checkinvalidevents: $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/LUFA_Events.lst
- @echo
- @echo Checking for invalid events...
- @$(shell) avr-nm $(OBJ) | sed -n -e 's/^.*EVENT_/EVENT_/p' | \
- grep -F -v --file=$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/LUFA_Events.lst > InvalidEvents.tmp || true
- @sed -n -e 's/^/ WARNING - INVALID EVENT NAME: /p' InvalidEvents.tmp
- @if test -s InvalidEvents.tmp; then exit 1; fi
-
-showliboptions:
- @echo
- @echo ---- Compile Time Library Options ----
- @for i in $(LUFA_OPTS:-D%=%); do \
- echo $$i; \
- done
- @echo --------------------------------------
-
-showtarget:
- @echo
- @echo --------- Target Information ---------
- @echo AVR Model: $(MCU)
- @echo Board: $(BOARD)
- @echo Clock: $(F_CPU)Hz CPU, $(F_CLOCK)Hz Master
- @echo --------------------------------------
-
-
-# Display compiler version information.
-gccversion :
- @$(CC) --version
-
-
-# Program the device.
-program: $(TARGET).hex $(TARGET).eep
- $(AVRDUDE) $(AVRDUDE_FLAGS) $(AVRDUDE_WRITE_FLASH) $(AVRDUDE_WRITE_EEPROM)
-
-flip: $(TARGET).hex
- batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation erase f
- batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation loadbuffer $(TARGET).hex program
- batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation start reset 0
-
-dfu: $(TARGET).hex
- dfu-programmer $(MCU) erase
- dfu-programmer $(MCU) flash --debug 1 $(TARGET).hex
- dfu-programmer $(MCU) reset
-
-flip-ee: $(TARGET).hex $(TARGET).eep
- $(COPY) $(TARGET).eep $(TARGET)eep.hex
- batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation memory EEPROM erase
- batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation memory EEPROM loadbuffer $(TARGET)eep.hex program
- batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation start reset 0
- $(REMOVE) $(TARGET)eep.hex
-
-dfu-ee: $(TARGET).hex $(TARGET).eep
- dfu-programmer $(MCU) flash-eeprom --debug 1 --suppress-bootloader-mem $(TARGET).eep
- dfu-programmer $(MCU) reset
-
-
-# Generate avr-gdb config/init file which does the following:
-# define the reset signal, load the target file, connect to target, and set
-# a breakpoint at main().
-gdb-config:
- @$(REMOVE) $(GDBINIT_FILE)
- @echo define reset >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
- @echo SIGNAL SIGHUP >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
- @echo end >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
- @echo file $(TARGET).elf >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
- @echo target remote $(DEBUG_HOST):$(DEBUG_PORT) >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
-ifeq ($(DEBUG_BACKEND),simulavr)
- @echo load >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
-endif
- @echo break main >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
-
-debug: gdb-config $(TARGET).elf
-ifeq ($(DEBUG_BACKEND), avarice)
- @echo Starting AVaRICE - Press enter when "waiting to connect" message displays.
- @$(WINSHELL) /c start avarice --jtag $(JTAG_DEV) --erase --program --file \
- $(TARGET).elf $(DEBUG_HOST):$(DEBUG_PORT)
- @$(WINSHELL) /c pause
-
-else
- @$(WINSHELL) /c start simulavr --gdbserver --device $(MCU) --clock-freq \
- $(DEBUG_MFREQ) --port $(DEBUG_PORT)
-endif
- @$(WINSHELL) /c start avr-$(DEBUG_UI) --command=$(GDBINIT_FILE)
-
-
-
-
-# Convert ELF to COFF for use in debugging / simulating in AVR Studio or VMLAB.
-COFFCONVERT = $(OBJCOPY) --debugging
-COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .data-0x800000
-COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .bss-0x800000
-COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .noinit-0x800000
-COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .eeprom-0x810000
-
-
-
-coff: $(TARGET).elf
- @echo
- @echo $(MSG_COFF) $(TARGET).cof
- $(COFFCONVERT) -O coff-avr $< $(TARGET).cof
-
-
-extcoff: $(TARGET).elf
- @echo
- @echo $(MSG_EXTENDED_COFF) $(TARGET).cof
- $(COFFCONVERT) -O coff-ext-avr $< $(TARGET).cof
-
-
-
-# Create final output files (.hex, .eep) from ELF output file.
-%.hex: %.elf
- @echo
- @echo $(MSG_FLASH) $@
- $(OBJCOPY) -O $(FORMAT) -R .eeprom $< $@
-
-%.eep: %.elf
- @echo
- @echo $(MSG_EEPROM) $@
- -$(OBJCOPY) -j .eeprom --set-section-flags=.eeprom="alloc,load" \
- --change-section-lma .eeprom=0 --no-change-warnings -O $(FORMAT) $< $@ || exit 0
-
-# Create extended listing file from ELF output file.
-%.lss: %.elf
- @echo
- @echo $(MSG_EXTENDED_LISTING) $@
- $(OBJDUMP) -h -z -S $< > $@
-
-# Create a symbol table from ELF output file.
-%.sym: %.elf
- @echo
- @echo $(MSG_SYMBOL_TABLE) $@
- $(NM) -n $< > $@
-
-
-
-# Create library from object files.
-.SECONDARY : $(TARGET).a
-.PRECIOUS : $(OBJ)
-%.a: $(OBJ)
- @echo
- @echo $(MSG_CREATING_LIBRARY) $@
- $(AR) $@ $(OBJ)
-
-
-# Link: create ELF output file from object files.
-.SECONDARY : $(TARGET).elf
-.PRECIOUS : $(OBJ)
-%.elf: $(OBJ)
- @echo
- @echo $(MSG_LINKING) $@
- $(CC) $(ALL_CFLAGS) $^ --output $@ $(LDFLAGS)
-
-
-# Compile: create object files from C source files.
-$(OBJDIR)/%.o : %.c
- @echo
- @echo $(MSG_COMPILING) $<
- $(CC) -c $(ALL_CFLAGS) $< -o $@
-
-
-# Compile: create object files from C++ source files.
-$(OBJDIR)/%.o : %.cpp
- @echo
- @echo $(MSG_COMPILING_CPP) $<
- $(CC) -c $(ALL_CPPFLAGS) $< -o $@
-
-
-# Compile: create assembler files from C source files.
-%.s : %.c
- $(CC) -S $(ALL_CFLAGS) $< -o $@
-
-
-# Compile: create assembler files from C++ source files.
-%.s : %.cpp
- $(CC) -S $(ALL_CPPFLAGS) $< -o $@
-
-
-# Assemble: create object files from assembler source files.
-$(OBJDIR)/%.o : %.S
- @echo
- @echo $(MSG_ASSEMBLING) $<
- $(CC) -c $(ALL_ASFLAGS) $< -o $@
-
-
-# Create preprocessed source for use in sending a bug report.
-%.i : %.c
- $(CC) -E -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. $(CFLAGS) $< -o $@
-
-
-# Target: clean project.
-clean: begin clean_list clean_binary end
-
-clean_binary:
- $(REMOVE) $(TARGET).hex
-
-clean_list:
- @echo $(MSG_CLEANING)
- $(REMOVE) $(TARGET).eep
- $(REMOVE) $(TARGET)eep.hex
- $(REMOVE) $(TARGET).cof
- $(REMOVE) $(TARGET).elf
- $(REMOVE) $(TARGET).map
- $(REMOVE) $(TARGET).sym
- $(REMOVE) $(TARGET).lss
- $(REMOVE) $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.o)
- $(REMOVE) $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst)
- $(REMOVE) $(SRC:.c=.s)
- $(REMOVE) $(SRC:.c=.d)
- $(REMOVE) $(SRC:.c=.i)
- $(REMOVE) InvalidEvents.tmp
- $(REMOVEDIR) .dep
-
-doxygen:
- @echo Generating Project Documentation...
- @doxygen Doxygen.conf
- @echo Documentation Generation Complete.
-
-clean_doxygen:
- rm -rf Documentation
-
-# Create object files directory
-$(shell mkdir $(OBJDIR) 2>/dev/null)
-
-
-# Include the dependency files.
--include $(shell mkdir .dep 2>/dev/null) $(wildcard .dep/*)
-
-
-# Listing of phony targets.
-.PHONY : all checkinvalidevents showliboptions \
-showtarget begin finish end sizebefore sizeafter \
-gccversion build elf hex eep lss sym coff extcoff \
-program dfu flip flip-ee dfu-ee clean debug \
+# Hey Emacs, this is a -*- makefile -*- +#---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# WinAVR Makefile Template written by Eric B. Weddington, Jörg Wunsch, et al. +# >> Modified for use with the LUFA project. << +# +# Released to the Public Domain +# +# Additional material for this makefile was written by: +# Peter Fleury +# Tim Henigan +# Colin O'Flynn +# Reiner Patommel +# Markus Pfaff +# Sander Pool +# Frederik Rouleau +# Carlos Lamas +# Dean Camera +# Opendous Inc. +# Denver Gingerich +# +#---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# On command line: +# +# make all = Make software. +# +# make clean = Clean out built project files. +# +# make coff = Convert ELF to AVR COFF. +# +# make extcoff = Convert ELF to AVR Extended COFF. +# +# make program = Download the hex file to the device, using avrdude. +# Please customize the avrdude settings below first! +# +# make dfu = Download the hex file to the device, using dfu-programmer (must +# have dfu-programmer installed). +# +# make flip = Download the hex file to the device, using Atmel FLIP (must +# have Atmel FLIP installed). +# +# make dfu-ee = Download the eeprom file to the device, using dfu-programmer +# (must have dfu-programmer installed). +# +# make flip-ee = Download the eeprom file to the device, using Atmel FLIP +# (must have Atmel FLIP installed). +# +# make doxygen = Generate DoxyGen documentation for the project (must have +# DoxyGen installed) +# +# make debug = Start either simulavr or avarice as specified for debugging, +# with avr-gdb or avr-insight as the front end for debugging. +# +# make filename.s = Just compile filename.c into the assembler code only. +# +# make filename.i = Create a preprocessed source file for use in submitting +# bug reports to the GCC project. +# +# To rebuild project do "make clean" then "make all". +#---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + + +# MCU name +MCU = at90usb1287 + + +# Target board (see library "Board Types" documentation, NONE for projects not requiring +# LUFA board drivers). If USER is selected, put custom board drivers in a directory called +# "Board" inside the application directory. +BOARD = USBKEY + + +# Processor frequency. +# This will define a symbol, F_CPU, in all source code files equal to the +# processor frequency in Hz. You can then use this symbol in your source code to +# calculate timings. Do NOT tack on a 'UL' at the end, this will be done +# automatically to create a 32-bit value in your source code. +# +# This will be an integer division of F_CLOCK below, as it is sourced by +# F_CLOCK after it has run through any CPU prescalers. Note that this value +# does not *change* the processor frequency - it should merely be updated to +# reflect the processor speed set externally so that the code can use accurate +# software delays. +F_CPU = 8000000 + + +# Input clock frequency. +# This will define a symbol, F_CLOCK, in all source code files equal to the +# input clock frequency (before any prescaling is performed) in Hz. This value may +# differ from F_CPU if prescaling is used on the latter, and is required as the +# raw input clock is fed directly to the PLL sections of the AVR for high speed +# clock generation for the USB and other AVR subsections. Do NOT tack on a 'UL' +# at the end, this will be done automatically to create a 32-bit value in your +# source code. +# +# If no clock division is performed on the input clock inside the AVR (via the +# CPU clock adjust registers or the clock division fuses), this will be equal to F_CPU. +F_CLOCK = $(F_CPU) + + +# Output format. (can be srec, ihex, binary) +FORMAT = ihex + + +# Target file name (without extension). +TARGET = StandaloneProgrammer + + +# Object files directory +# To put object files in current directory, use a dot (.), do NOT make +# this an empty or blank macro! +OBJDIR = . + + +# Path to the LUFA library +LUFA_PATH = ../../../ + + +# LUFA library compile-time options +LUFA_OPTS += -D FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE=8 +LUFA_OPTS += -D FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS=1 +LUFA_OPTS += -D USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS +LUFA_OPTS += -D USE_STATIC_OPTIONS="(USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)" +LUFA_OPTS += -D INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT + + +# List C source files here. (C dependencies are automatically generated.) +SRC = $(TARGET).c \ + Descriptors.c \ + DiskHost.c \ + DiskDevice.c \ + Lib/SCSI.c \ + Lib/DataflashManager.c \ + Lib/ProgrammerConfig.c \ + Lib/PetiteFATFs/diskio.c \ + Lib/PetiteFATFs/pff.c \ + $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.c \ + $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/SerialStream.c \ + $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/DevChapter9.c \ + $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/Endpoint.c \ + $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/Host.c \ + $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/HostChapter9.c \ + $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/LowLevel.c \ + $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/Pipe.c \ + $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/USBInterrupt.c \ + $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/ConfigDescriptor.c \ + $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/Events.c \ + $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/USBTask.c \ + $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/MassStorage.c \ + $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/MassStorage.c \ + + +# List C++ source files here. (C dependencies are automatically generated.) +CPPSRC = + + +# List Assembler source files here. +# Make them always end in a capital .S. Files ending in a lowercase .s +# will not be considered source files but generated files (assembler +# output from the compiler), and will be deleted upon "make clean"! +# Even though the DOS/Win* filesystem matches both .s and .S the same, +# it will preserve the spelling of the filenames, and gcc itself does +# care about how the name is spelled on its command-line. +ASRC = + + +# Optimization level, can be [0, 1, 2, 3, s]. +# 0 = turn off optimization. s = optimize for size. +# (Note: 3 is not always the best optimization level. See avr-libc FAQ.) +OPT = s + + +# Debugging format. +# Native formats for AVR-GCC's -g are dwarf-2 [default] or stabs. +# AVR Studio 4.10 requires dwarf-2. +# AVR [Extended] COFF format requires stabs, plus an avr-objcopy run. +DEBUG = dwarf-2 + + +# List any extra directories to look for include files here. +# Each directory must be seperated by a space. +# Use forward slashes for directory separators. +# For a directory that has spaces, enclose it in quotes. +EXTRAINCDIRS = $(LUFA_PATH)/ + + +# Compiler flag to set the C Standard level. +# c89 = "ANSI" C +# gnu89 = c89 plus GCC extensions +# c99 = ISO C99 standard (not yet fully implemented) +# gnu99 = c99 plus GCC extensions +CSTANDARD = -std=gnu99 + + +# Place -D or -U options here for C sources +CDEFS = -DF_CPU=$(F_CPU)UL -DF_CLOCK=$(F_CLOCK)UL -DBOARD=BOARD_$(BOARD) $(LUFA_OPTS) + + +# Place -D or -U options here for ASM sources +ADEFS = -DF_CPU=$(F_CPU) + + +# Place -D or -U options here for C++ sources +CPPDEFS = -DF_CPU=$(F_CPU)UL +#CPPDEFS += -D__STDC_LIMIT_MACROS +#CPPDEFS += -D__STDC_CONSTANT_MACROS + + + +#---------------- Compiler Options C ---------------- +# -g*: generate debugging information +# -O*: optimization level +# -f...: tuning, see GCC manual and avr-libc documentation +# -Wall...: warning level +# -Wa,...: tell GCC to pass this to the assembler. +# -adhlns...: create assembler listing +CFLAGS = -g$(DEBUG) +CFLAGS += $(CDEFS) +CFLAGS += -O$(OPT) +CFLAGS += -funsigned-char +CFLAGS += -funsigned-bitfields +CFLAGS += -ffunction-sections +CFLAGS += -fno-inline-small-functions +CFLAGS += -fpack-struct +CFLAGS += -fshort-enums +CFLAGS += -Wall +CFLAGS += -Wstrict-prototypes +CFLAGS += -Wundef +#CFLAGS += -fno-unit-at-a-time +#CFLAGS += -Wunreachable-code +#CFLAGS += -Wsign-compare +CFLAGS += -Wa,-adhlns=$(<:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst) +CFLAGS += $(patsubst %,-I%,$(EXTRAINCDIRS)) +CFLAGS += $(CSTANDARD) + + +#---------------- Compiler Options C++ ---------------- +# -g*: generate debugging information +# -O*: optimization level +# -f...: tuning, see GCC manual and avr-libc documentation +# -Wall...: warning level +# -Wa,...: tell GCC to pass this to the assembler. +# -adhlns...: create assembler listing +CPPFLAGS = -g$(DEBUG) +CPPFLAGS += $(CPPDEFS) +CPPFLAGS += -O$(OPT) +CPPFLAGS += -funsigned-char +CPPFLAGS += -funsigned-bitfields +CPPFLAGS += -fpack-struct +CPPFLAGS += -fshort-enums +CPPFLAGS += -fno-exceptions +CPPFLAGS += -Wall +CFLAGS += -Wundef +#CPPFLAGS += -mshort-calls +#CPPFLAGS += -fno-unit-at-a-time +#CPPFLAGS += -Wstrict-prototypes +#CPPFLAGS += -Wunreachable-code +#CPPFLAGS += -Wsign-compare +CPPFLAGS += -Wa,-adhlns=$(<:%.cpp=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst) +CPPFLAGS += $(patsubst %,-I%,$(EXTRAINCDIRS)) +#CPPFLAGS += $(CSTANDARD) + + +#---------------- Assembler Options ---------------- +# -Wa,...: tell GCC to pass this to the assembler. +# -adhlns: create listing +# -gstabs: have the assembler create line number information; note that +# for use in COFF files, additional information about filenames +# and function names needs to be present in the assembler source +# files -- see avr-libc docs [FIXME: not yet described there] +# -listing-cont-lines: Sets the maximum number of continuation lines of hex +# dump that will be displayed for a given single line of source input. +ASFLAGS = $(ADEFS) -Wa,-adhlns=$(<:%.S=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst),-gstabs,--listing-cont-lines=100 + + +#---------------- Library Options ---------------- +# Minimalistic printf version +PRINTF_LIB_MIN = -Wl,-u,vfprintf -lprintf_min + +# Floating point printf version (requires MATH_LIB = -lm below) +PRINTF_LIB_FLOAT = -Wl,-u,vfprintf -lprintf_flt + +# If this is left blank, then it will use the Standard printf version. +PRINTF_LIB = +#PRINTF_LIB = $(PRINTF_LIB_MIN) +#PRINTF_LIB = $(PRINTF_LIB_FLOAT) + + +# Minimalistic scanf version +SCANF_LIB_MIN = -Wl,-u,vfscanf -lscanf_min + +# Floating point + %[ scanf version (requires MATH_LIB = -lm below) +SCANF_LIB_FLOAT = -Wl,-u,vfscanf -lscanf_flt + +# If this is left blank, then it will use the Standard scanf version. +SCANF_LIB = +#SCANF_LIB = $(SCANF_LIB_MIN) +#SCANF_LIB = $(SCANF_LIB_FLOAT) + + +MATH_LIB = -lm + + +# List any extra directories to look for libraries here. +# Each directory must be seperated by a space. +# Use forward slashes for directory separators. +# For a directory that has spaces, enclose it in quotes. +EXTRALIBDIRS = + + + +#---------------- External Memory Options ---------------- + +# 64 KB of external RAM, starting after internal RAM (ATmega128!), +# used for variables (.data/.bss) and heap (malloc()). +#EXTMEMOPTS = -Wl,-Tdata=0x801100,--defsym=__heap_end=0x80ffff + +# 64 KB of external RAM, starting after internal RAM (ATmega128!), +# only used for heap (malloc()). +#EXTMEMOPTS = -Wl,--section-start,.data=0x801100,--defsym=__heap_end=0x80ffff + +EXTMEMOPTS = + + + +#---------------- Linker Options ---------------- +# -Wl,...: tell GCC to pass this to linker. +# -Map: create map file +# --cref: add cross reference to map file +LDFLAGS = -Wl,-Map=$(TARGET).map,--cref +LDFLAGS += -Wl,--relax +LDFLAGS += -Wl,--gc-sections +LDFLAGS += $(EXTMEMOPTS) +LDFLAGS += $(patsubst %,-L%,$(EXTRALIBDIRS)) +LDFLAGS += $(PRINTF_LIB) $(SCANF_LIB) $(MATH_LIB) +#LDFLAGS += -T linker_script.x + + + +#---------------- Programming Options (avrdude) ---------------- + +# Programming hardware: alf avr910 avrisp bascom bsd +# dt006 pavr picoweb pony-stk200 sp12 stk200 stk500 +# +# Type: avrdude -c ? +# to get a full listing. +# +AVRDUDE_PROGRAMMER = jtagmkII + +# com1 = serial port. Use lpt1 to connect to parallel port. +AVRDUDE_PORT = usb + +AVRDUDE_WRITE_FLASH = -U flash:w:$(TARGET).hex +#AVRDUDE_WRITE_EEPROM = -U eeprom:w:$(TARGET).eep + + +# Uncomment the following if you want avrdude's erase cycle counter. +# Note that this counter needs to be initialized first using -Yn, +# see avrdude manual. +#AVRDUDE_ERASE_COUNTER = -y + +# Uncomment the following if you do /not/ wish a verification to be +# performed after programming the device. +#AVRDUDE_NO_VERIFY = -V + +# Increase verbosity level. Please use this when submitting bug +# reports about avrdude. See <http://savannah.nongnu.org/projects/avrdude> +# to submit bug reports. +#AVRDUDE_VERBOSE = -v -v + +AVRDUDE_FLAGS = -p $(MCU) -P $(AVRDUDE_PORT) -c $(AVRDUDE_PROGRAMMER) +AVRDUDE_FLAGS += $(AVRDUDE_NO_VERIFY) +AVRDUDE_FLAGS += $(AVRDUDE_VERBOSE) +AVRDUDE_FLAGS += $(AVRDUDE_ERASE_COUNTER) + + + +#---------------- Debugging Options ---------------- + +# For simulavr only - target MCU frequency. +DEBUG_MFREQ = $(F_CPU) + +# Set the DEBUG_UI to either gdb or insight. +# DEBUG_UI = gdb +DEBUG_UI = insight + +# Set the debugging back-end to either avarice, simulavr. +DEBUG_BACKEND = avarice +#DEBUG_BACKEND = simulavr + +# GDB Init Filename. +GDBINIT_FILE = __avr_gdbinit + +# When using avarice settings for the JTAG +JTAG_DEV = /dev/com1 + +# Debugging port used to communicate between GDB / avarice / simulavr. +DEBUG_PORT = 4242 + +# Debugging host used to communicate between GDB / avarice / simulavr, normally +# just set to localhost unless doing some sort of crazy debugging when +# avarice is running on a different computer. +DEBUG_HOST = localhost + + + +#============================================================================ + + +# Define programs and commands. +SHELL = sh +CC = avr-gcc +OBJCOPY = avr-objcopy +OBJDUMP = avr-objdump +SIZE = avr-size +AR = avr-ar rcs +NM = avr-nm +AVRDUDE = avrdude +REMOVE = rm -f +REMOVEDIR = rm -rf +COPY = cp +WINSHELL = cmd + +# Define Messages +# English +MSG_ERRORS_NONE = Errors: none +MSG_BEGIN = -------- begin -------- +MSG_END = -------- end -------- +MSG_SIZE_BEFORE = Size before: +MSG_SIZE_AFTER = Size after: +MSG_COFF = Converting to AVR COFF: +MSG_EXTENDED_COFF = Converting to AVR Extended COFF: +MSG_FLASH = Creating load file for Flash: +MSG_EEPROM = Creating load file for EEPROM: +MSG_EXTENDED_LISTING = Creating Extended Listing: +MSG_SYMBOL_TABLE = Creating Symbol Table: +MSG_LINKING = Linking: +MSG_COMPILING = Compiling C: +MSG_COMPILING_CPP = Compiling C++: +MSG_ASSEMBLING = Assembling: +MSG_CLEANING = Cleaning project: +MSG_CREATING_LIBRARY = Creating library: + + + + +# Define all object files. +OBJ = $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.o) $(CPPSRC:%.cpp=$(OBJDIR)/%.o) $(ASRC:%.S=$(OBJDIR)/%.o) + +# Define all listing files. +LST = $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst) $(CPPSRC:%.cpp=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst) $(ASRC:%.S=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst) + + +# Compiler flags to generate dependency files. +GENDEPFLAGS = -MMD -MP -MF .dep/$(@F).d + + +# Combine all necessary flags and optional flags. +# Add target processor to flags. +ALL_CFLAGS = -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. $(CFLAGS) $(GENDEPFLAGS) +ALL_CPPFLAGS = -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. -x c++ $(CPPFLAGS) $(GENDEPFLAGS) +ALL_ASFLAGS = -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. -x assembler-with-cpp $(ASFLAGS) + + + + + +# Default target. +all: begin gccversion sizebefore build checkinvalidevents showliboptions showtarget sizeafter end + +# Change the build target to build a HEX file or a library. +build: elf hex eep lss sym +#build: lib + + +elf: $(TARGET).elf +hex: $(TARGET).hex +eep: $(TARGET).eep +lss: $(TARGET).lss +sym: $(TARGET).sym +LIBNAME=lib$(TARGET).a +lib: $(LIBNAME) + + + +# Eye candy. +# AVR Studio 3.x does not check make's exit code but relies on +# the following magic strings to be generated by the compile job. +begin: + @echo + @echo $(MSG_BEGIN) + +end: + @echo $(MSG_END) + @echo + + +# Display size of file. +HEXSIZE = $(SIZE) --target=$(FORMAT) $(TARGET).hex +ELFSIZE = $(SIZE) $(MCU_FLAG) $(FORMAT_FLAG) $(TARGET).elf +MCU_FLAG = $(shell $(SIZE) --help | grep -- --mcu > /dev/null && echo --mcu=$(MCU) ) +FORMAT_FLAG = $(shell $(SIZE) --help | grep -- --format=.*avr > /dev/null && echo --format=avr ) + +sizebefore: + @if test -f $(TARGET).elf; then echo; echo $(MSG_SIZE_BEFORE); $(ELFSIZE); \ + 2>/dev/null; echo; fi + +sizeafter: + @if test -f $(TARGET).elf; then echo; echo $(MSG_SIZE_AFTER); $(ELFSIZE); \ + 2>/dev/null; echo; fi + +$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/LUFA_Events.lst: + @$(MAKE) -C $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/ LUFA_Events.lst + +checkinvalidevents: $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/LUFA_Events.lst + @echo + @echo Checking for invalid events... + @$(shell) avr-nm $(OBJ) | sed -n -e 's/^.*EVENT_/EVENT_/p' | \ + grep -F -v --file=$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/LUFA_Events.lst > InvalidEvents.tmp || true + @sed -n -e 's/^/ WARNING - INVALID EVENT NAME: /p' InvalidEvents.tmp + @if test -s InvalidEvents.tmp; then exit 1; fi + +showliboptions: + @echo + @echo ---- Compile Time Library Options ---- + @for i in $(LUFA_OPTS:-D%=%); do \ + echo $$i; \ + done + @echo -------------------------------------- + +showtarget: + @echo + @echo --------- Target Information --------- + @echo AVR Model: $(MCU) + @echo Board: $(BOARD) + @echo Clock: $(F_CPU)Hz CPU, $(F_CLOCK)Hz Master + @echo -------------------------------------- + + +# Display compiler version information. +gccversion : + @$(CC) --version + + +# Program the device. +program: $(TARGET).hex $(TARGET).eep + $(AVRDUDE) $(AVRDUDE_FLAGS) $(AVRDUDE_WRITE_FLASH) $(AVRDUDE_WRITE_EEPROM) + +flip: $(TARGET).hex + batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation erase f + batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation loadbuffer $(TARGET).hex program + batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation start reset 0 + +dfu: $(TARGET).hex + dfu-programmer $(MCU) erase + dfu-programmer $(MCU) flash --debug 1 $(TARGET).hex + dfu-programmer $(MCU) reset + +flip-ee: $(TARGET).hex $(TARGET).eep + $(COPY) $(TARGET).eep $(TARGET)eep.hex + batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation memory EEPROM erase + batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation memory EEPROM loadbuffer $(TARGET)eep.hex program + batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation start reset 0 + $(REMOVE) $(TARGET)eep.hex + +dfu-ee: $(TARGET).hex $(TARGET).eep + dfu-programmer $(MCU) flash-eeprom --debug 1 --suppress-bootloader-mem $(TARGET).eep + dfu-programmer $(MCU) reset + + +# Generate avr-gdb config/init file which does the following: +# define the reset signal, load the target file, connect to target, and set +# a breakpoint at main(). +gdb-config: + @$(REMOVE) $(GDBINIT_FILE) + @echo define reset >> $(GDBINIT_FILE) + @echo SIGNAL SIGHUP >> $(GDBINIT_FILE) + @echo end >> $(GDBINIT_FILE) + @echo file $(TARGET).elf >> $(GDBINIT_FILE) + @echo target remote $(DEBUG_HOST):$(DEBUG_PORT) >> $(GDBINIT_FILE) +ifeq ($(DEBUG_BACKEND),simulavr) + @echo load >> $(GDBINIT_FILE) +endif + @echo break main >> $(GDBINIT_FILE) + +debug: gdb-config $(TARGET).elf +ifeq ($(DEBUG_BACKEND), avarice) + @echo Starting AVaRICE - Press enter when "waiting to connect" message displays. + @$(WINSHELL) /c start avarice --jtag $(JTAG_DEV) --erase --program --file \ + $(TARGET).elf $(DEBUG_HOST):$(DEBUG_PORT) + @$(WINSHELL) /c pause + +else + @$(WINSHELL) /c start simulavr --gdbserver --device $(MCU) --clock-freq \ + $(DEBUG_MFREQ) --port $(DEBUG_PORT) +endif + @$(WINSHELL) /c start avr-$(DEBUG_UI) --command=$(GDBINIT_FILE) + + + + +# Convert ELF to COFF for use in debugging / simulating in AVR Studio or VMLAB. +COFFCONVERT = $(OBJCOPY) --debugging +COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .data-0x800000 +COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .bss-0x800000 +COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .noinit-0x800000 +COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .eeprom-0x810000 + + + +coff: $(TARGET).elf + @echo + @echo $(MSG_COFF) $(TARGET).cof + $(COFFCONVERT) -O coff-avr $< $(TARGET).cof + + +extcoff: $(TARGET).elf + @echo + @echo $(MSG_EXTENDED_COFF) $(TARGET).cof + $(COFFCONVERT) -O coff-ext-avr $< $(TARGET).cof + + + +# Create final output files (.hex, .eep) from ELF output file. +%.hex: %.elf + @echo + @echo $(MSG_FLASH) $@ + $(OBJCOPY) -O $(FORMAT) -R .eeprom $< $@ + +%.eep: %.elf + @echo + @echo $(MSG_EEPROM) $@ + -$(OBJCOPY) -j .eeprom --set-section-flags=.eeprom="alloc,load" \ + --change-section-lma .eeprom=0 --no-change-warnings -O $(FORMAT) $< $@ || exit 0 + +# Create extended listing file from ELF output file. +%.lss: %.elf + @echo + @echo $(MSG_EXTENDED_LISTING) $@ + $(OBJDUMP) -h -z -S $< > $@ + +# Create a symbol table from ELF output file. +%.sym: %.elf + @echo + @echo $(MSG_SYMBOL_TABLE) $@ + $(NM) -n $< > $@ + + + +# Create library from object files. +.SECONDARY : $(TARGET).a +.PRECIOUS : $(OBJ) +%.a: $(OBJ) + @echo + @echo $(MSG_CREATING_LIBRARY) $@ + $(AR) $@ $(OBJ) + + +# Link: create ELF output file from object files. +.SECONDARY : $(TARGET).elf +.PRECIOUS : $(OBJ) +%.elf: $(OBJ) + @echo + @echo $(MSG_LINKING) $@ + $(CC) $(ALL_CFLAGS) $^ --output $@ $(LDFLAGS) + + +# Compile: create object files from C source files. +$(OBJDIR)/%.o : %.c + @echo + @echo $(MSG_COMPILING) $< + $(CC) -c $(ALL_CFLAGS) $< -o $@ + + +# Compile: create object files from C++ source files. +$(OBJDIR)/%.o : %.cpp + @echo + @echo $(MSG_COMPILING_CPP) $< + $(CC) -c $(ALL_CPPFLAGS) $< -o $@ + + +# Compile: create assembler files from C source files. +%.s : %.c + $(CC) -S $(ALL_CFLAGS) $< -o $@ + + +# Compile: create assembler files from C++ source files. +%.s : %.cpp + $(CC) -S $(ALL_CPPFLAGS) $< -o $@ + + +# Assemble: create object files from assembler source files. +$(OBJDIR)/%.o : %.S + @echo + @echo $(MSG_ASSEMBLING) $< + $(CC) -c $(ALL_ASFLAGS) $< -o $@ + + +# Create preprocessed source for use in sending a bug report. +%.i : %.c + $(CC) -E -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. $(CFLAGS) $< -o $@ + + +# Target: clean project. +clean: begin clean_list clean_binary end + +clean_binary: + $(REMOVE) $(TARGET).hex + +clean_list: + @echo $(MSG_CLEANING) + $(REMOVE) $(TARGET).eep + $(REMOVE) $(TARGET)eep.hex + $(REMOVE) $(TARGET).cof + $(REMOVE) $(TARGET).elf + $(REMOVE) $(TARGET).map + $(REMOVE) $(TARGET).sym + $(REMOVE) $(TARGET).lss + $(REMOVE) $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.o) + $(REMOVE) $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst) + $(REMOVE) $(SRC:.c=.s) + $(REMOVE) $(SRC:.c=.d) + $(REMOVE) $(SRC:.c=.i) + $(REMOVE) InvalidEvents.tmp + $(REMOVEDIR) .dep + +doxygen: + @echo Generating Project Documentation... + @doxygen Doxygen.conf + @echo Documentation Generation Complete. + +clean_doxygen: + rm -rf Documentation + +# Create object files directory +$(shell mkdir $(OBJDIR) 2>/dev/null) + + +# Include the dependency files. +-include $(shell mkdir .dep 2>/dev/null) $(wildcard .dep/*) + + +# Listing of phony targets. +.PHONY : all checkinvalidevents showliboptions \ +showtarget begin finish end sizebefore sizeafter \ +gccversion build elf hex eep lss sym coff extcoff \ +program dfu flip flip-ee dfu-ee clean debug \ clean_list clean_binary gdb-config doxygen
\ No newline at end of file |